WO2022077792A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022077792A1
WO2022077792A1 PCT/CN2021/072220 CN2021072220W WO2022077792A1 WO 2022077792 A1 WO2022077792 A1 WO 2022077792A1 CN 2021072220 W CN2021072220 W CN 2021072220W WO 2022077792 A1 WO2022077792 A1 WO 2022077792A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
domain resource
length
communication device
sub
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/072220
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
余雅威
余健
郭志恒
谢信乾
陆绍中
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180069340.8A priority Critical patent/CN116349352A/en
Publication of WO2022077792A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022077792A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • 5G Fifth-Generation
  • NR new radio
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliability low-latency communication
  • mMTC massive machine-type communication
  • a time slot (ie slot) includes 14 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing time domain symbols (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols, OS) (hereinafter referred to as symbols), and the network device single time
  • the length of the scheduled time domain resources will not exceed one slot.
  • the length of a certain time domain resource generally refers to the number of time domain symbols included in the time domain resource.
  • the length of the time domain resource scheduled by the network device at one time will not be greater than 14.
  • 5G technology the technical demand for time-domain resources with a single scheduling resource length greater than 14 has gradually emerged.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • packets on multiple time slots can be aggregated into more than 14
  • the single-time scheduling resource length of time-domain symbols can obtain larger packets with better channel coding capability to improve transmission performance.
  • aggregating multiple small packets into larger packets can reduce the total packet header overhead and improve the transmission efficiency.
  • the existing NR standard cannot realize resource scheduling of more than 14 time-domain symbols and how to configure a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) at this time.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus. With the method provided in the present application, the overhead of reference signal configuration can be reduced, and the spectral efficiency of transmission can be improved.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the first communication device determines at least two sub-time domain resources included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources
  • the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units
  • the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the time domain resource The number of second time units included in .
  • the first communication device determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources If the transmission code rate corresponding to the domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, the first communication device determines that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
  • the time domain resources of more than 14 time domain symbols are included in at least two consecutive first time units (eg, time slots). Therefore, when the first time domain resource determined by the first communication device occupies at least two adjacent first time units, the first communication device may perform DMRS on the at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources respectively. Determination of resources. This solves the problem of resource allocation of DMRS for time domain resources with more than 14 time domain symbols.
  • the first communication device only determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines that the transmission code rate corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate.
  • a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on one sub-time domain resource, which can make the number of DMRS configured on the first sub-time domain resource reasonable, and can avoid the transmission code rate of the first sub-time domain resource from being too large.
  • the first communication device determines that the length of the second sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or determines The transmission code rate corresponding to the second sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, and the first communication device determines that the second sub-time-domain resource is not Configure DMRS.
  • the first communication device may determine not to configure the DMRS, which can also avoid excessive transmission code rate of the second sub-time domain resource after the DMRS configuration. The occurrence of large or uneven DMRS distribution.
  • the first communication device uses the second sub-time domain resource to perform Signal transmission.
  • the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the transmit power is the same, the precoding is the same , the transmitting port is the same.
  • constraining the transmission power, precoding or transmission port on the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the second sub-time domain resource can make the first communication device's
  • the receiving end that is, the second communication device
  • the first communication device maps the first sub-time domain resource to the corresponding The channel estimation result of is determined to be the channel estimation result when the first communication device performs signal reception through the second sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may perform joint channel estimation on the signal reception performed on the second sub-time domain resource and the first sub-time domain resource, which may enhance the reliability of signal reception. quality.
  • the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may further acquire the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14.
  • the first communication device determines the length and the start position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters.
  • the first communication device directly determines the length and starting position of the first time domain resource according to the size-adjustable upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters, so that the method for determining the time domain resource provided by the present application can be used. It can be compatible with the configuration process of the time domain resources provided by the existing protocol with less than or equal to 14 time domain symbols, which is beneficial to the practical application of the time domain resource determination method provided by the present application.
  • the first communication device may receive a first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device, and determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter .
  • the first communication device determines the upper limit of the target length according to the upper limit of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
  • the first communication device determines a target corresponding to the first upper length upper limit indicator parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indicator parameter Cap adjustment factor.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • the first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the first communication device uses the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter indicated by the second communication device as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient, and then the first communication device can determine the real target according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number upper limit
  • this method can facilitate the adjustment of the size of the upper limit of the target length, and on the other hand, it also makes the process of obtaining the upper limit of the target length by the first communication device simple and effective.
  • the first communication device receives a second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the length upper limit set includes length upper limits corresponding to one or more different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • the first communication device receives a second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device takes the value of the second length upper limit indication parameter as the target length upper limit.
  • the second communication device directly indicates the upper limit of the target length through the value of the second upper length limit indication parameter, and the method is simple and easy to implement.
  • the first communication device acquires the target index value.
  • the first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14.
  • the first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device directly indicates the length and starting position of the first time domain resource through a target index value, which can reduce the signaling resources occupied by the indication of the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, and can improve the first time domain resource. Resource utilization efficiency of the second communication device and the first communication device.
  • the first time unit is a time slot
  • the second time unit is a time domain symbol
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the first communication device determines the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the length of the time domain resources.
  • the number of included second time units, the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, and the first number is the maximum allowable number of first DMRS configured on the first time domain resource;
  • the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number.
  • the first communication device when the first time domain resource determined by the first communication device occupies at least two adjacent first time units (ie slots), the first communication device directly regards the first time domain resource as a Determining the time domain resources of the DMRS as a whole can make the DMRS configuration of each sub-time domain resource more reasonable in quantity and position.
  • the first number is greater than three.
  • the first communication device determines that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device passes the The signal transmission performed by any of the sub-time domain resources and the signal transmission performed by the sub-time domain resources configured with DMRS satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  • the first communication device determines that DMRS is not configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device will configure The channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resources of the DMRS is used to demodulate the signal received on any of the sub-time domain resources.
  • the first communication device acquires the start and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length, where the upper limit of the target length is the specified upper limit of the target length.
  • the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14.
  • the first communication device determines the length and the start position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters.
  • the first communication device may receive a first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device, and determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter .
  • the first communication device determines the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
  • the first communication device determines the target corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter Cap adjustment factor.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • the first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as a target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the first communication device receives the first length upper limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines the target length upper limit corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset length upper limit set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the length upper limit set includes length upper limits corresponding to one or more different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • the first communication device receives the first length upper limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target length upper limit.
  • the first communication device acquires the target index value.
  • the first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14.
  • the first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first time unit is a time slot
  • the second time unit is a time domain symbol
  • Another communication method and apparatus provided by the present application realizes a single scheduling of time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the second communication device determines the initial and persistent length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used to indicate the length of the first time domain resource and the target start symbol parameter, and the resource length of the time domain resource is the second time domain resource included in the time domain resource.
  • the number of time units, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • the second communication device sends the start and duration indication parameters and the target length upper limit to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device determines a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the upper limit of the basic number of second time units corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length , wherein the upper limit of the basic number is 14; the second communication device determines the first upper length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the second communication device sends the first length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device determines a first length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set, wherein the upper limit The adjustment coefficient set includes length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to one or more different upper limit adjustment coefficients.
  • the second communication device determines the value of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the second communication device determines a second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target length upper limit from a preset length upper limit set, wherein the length upper limit set including one or more length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to different length upper limits.
  • the second communication device sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device determines the value of the upper limit of the target length as the second upper length limit indication parameter.
  • the second communication device sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the second communication device determines a target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource.
  • the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • the second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus.
  • the device may be the first communication device itself, or may be an element or module such as a chip inside the first communication device.
  • the apparatus includes a unit for executing the communication method provided by any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, so it can also be beneficial for implementing the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect effect (or advantage).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus.
  • the device may be the second communication device itself, or may be an element or module such as a chip inside the second communication device.
  • the device includes a unit for executing the communication method provided by any possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, so it can also be beneficial for implementing the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect effect (or advantage).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a first communication device.
  • the apparatus includes at least one memory, a processor, and a transceiver.
  • the processor is used for calling the code stored in the memory, and in combination with the transceiver, executes the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a second communication device.
  • the apparatus includes at least one memory, a processor, and a transceiver.
  • the processor is used for calling the code stored in the memory, and in combination with the transceiver, executes the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a first communication device.
  • the apparatus includes: at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor.
  • the processor is configured to run the above code instructions to implement the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the above first aspect or the second aspect, and can also implement the communication method provided by the above first aspect or the second aspect. beneficial effect (or advantage).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a second communication device.
  • the apparatus includes: at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor.
  • the processor is configured to run the above code instructions to implement the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, and can also implement the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect. beneficial effect (or advantage).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is executed on a computer, any one of the first aspect or the second aspect is implemented
  • the communication method provided by a feasible implementation manner can also achieve the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, any one of the third aspect or the fourth aspect is implemented
  • the communication method provided by a feasible implementation manner can also achieve the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the communication method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect, and can also realize Advantageous effects of the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer executes the communication method provided in the third aspect or the fourth aspect, and can also realize The beneficial effects provided by the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the first communication device involved in the first aspect or the second aspect, and the second communication device involved in the third aspect or the fourth aspect .
  • the resource allocation problem of the DMRS with time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols can be solved, and the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first time domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: for example, MTC systems, code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) systems ) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) etc.
  • MTC systems code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) systems
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service, GPRS
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal
  • the communication methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are specifically executed by the first communication device and/or the second communication device.
  • the above-mentioned first communication device may be a terminal device in the above-mentioned various communication systems
  • the above-mentioned second communication device may be a network device in the above-mentioned various general systems.
  • the above terminal equipment may specifically refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminals in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device used for communicating with a terminal device, which may specifically be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • NodeB can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station (evolutional nodeB) in an LTE system.
  • eNB or eNodeB it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a 5G network
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the network equipment in the PLMN network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the length of a certain time domain resource refers to the number of second time units included in a certain time domain resource.
  • the second time unit is a unit for measuring or indicating the length of time domain resources.
  • the second time unit may be a time domain symbol.
  • the second time unit will be replaced by a time domain symbol for description hereinafter.
  • the so-called first time unit is also a unit for measuring or indicating the length of time domain resources, and a first time unit may include a preset number of second time units.
  • the above-mentioned first time unit may be a time slot.
  • the corresponding symbol number of each time-domain symbol is used to indicate the arrangement order of the time-domain symbol in the time slot. The smaller the number of symbols, the earlier the position of the time domain symbol in the time slot. For example, symbol 11 is the 12th time domain symbol in the slot.
  • each time slot also corresponds to a time slot number to distinguish from each other. For the convenience of understanding, a time slot will be used instead of the first time unit for description hereinafter.
  • DMRS is a sequence known by the transceiver and mapped on time-frequency resources with known locations.
  • the transmitting end uses the same precoding and antenna port as the uplink transmission signal to send the DMRS. Since the DMRS and the uplink transmission signal experience the same fading channel, the receiving end can Based on the known DMRS sequence, the equivalent fading channel experienced by the uplink signal transmission is estimated, and the uplink data demodulation is completed based on the estimated equivalent channel state information.
  • DMRS In the current NR protocol, DMRS needs to be configured for each uplink transmission.
  • DMRS parameters are configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • the DMRS parameters may include parameter fields as shown in Table 1-1.
  • Table 1-1 is an existing DMRS parameter table provided by this embodiment of the present application.
  • the parameters of the DMRS may include a type parameter DMRS-type, a maximum length parameter maxLength and a position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition.
  • the type parameter DMRS-type indicates the type of the DMRS, and can be selected as type 1 type1 and type 2 type2.
  • type1 indicates that the DMRS adopts two groups of orthogonal code groups in a comb-tooth-shaped frequency division manner. At this time, each group occupies 6 resource elements (resource elements, REs) in the frequency domain.
  • type2 indicates that the DMRS adopts three groups of orthogonal code groupings in a comb-shaped frequency division manner. At this time, each group can use four REs in the frequency domain.
  • the maximum length parameter maxLength indicates the maximum number of consecutive time-domain symbols that can be occupied by the configured pre-DMRS, and the selectable values are single and double.
  • maxLength When the value of maxLength is single, it means that each DMRS occupies one time-domain symbol.
  • maxLength When the value of maxLength is double, it means that each DMRS can occupy at most 2 consecutive time domain symbols. At this time, whether to occupy one time-domain symbol or two time-domain symbols may be further indicated by some fields in information such as downlink control information (DCI) and the like.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition indicates the maximum number of time-domain symbols occupied by the additional DMRS in the current uplink transmission, and the number of time-domain symbols occupied by each additional DMRS is the same as the number of time-domain symbols occupied by the pre-DMRS. Its selectable values are Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3.
  • the configuration of the pre-DMRS in uplink transmission is necessary. It can be understood that in addition to the pre-DMRS, Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3 indicate that the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured is 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be known from FIG. 1 that the communication system mainly includes a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may establish a connection with the second communication device through wired connection, wireless connection or other connection methods.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device can communicate with each other.
  • the current communication protocol stipulates that when time domain resource scheduling is performed for a certain data transmission (such as PUSCH channel transmission), the maximum time domain resource that can be scheduled at a time The length will not exceed 14.
  • time domain resource scheduling such as PUSCH channel transmission
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the packets in multiple time slots can be aggregated into larger packets with a single scheduling resource length greater than 14 time-domain symbols, so as to obtain better channel coding capabilities to improve transmission performance. Aggregating into larger packets can reduce the total packet header overhead and improve transmission efficiency.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the technical problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present application is: how to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS in the time domain resources whose length exceeds 14.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the time domain resource determination method provided by the application embodiment will be described by taking a certain data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device as a specific scenario.
  • the first communication device involved in the embodiments of the present application is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device. It can be seen from FIG. 2 that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the second communication device determines the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device sends the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives and determines the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
  • the second communication device may first determine the time domain resources required for data transmission with the first communication device this time (for the convenience of understanding and distinction, the following will refer to the first time domain resource (replacement description) corresponding to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
  • the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, that is, the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource are mainly used to indicate the length of the first time domain resource and the availability of the first time domain resource between the first communication device and the second communication device. The location in the time domain resource.
  • the second communication device may first determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource according to the preset time domain resource scheduling algorithm and the current time domain resource utilization situation.
  • the length of the first time domain resource is the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource.
  • the starting position of the first time domain resource is used to indicate the position of the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource in the first time slot occupied by the first time domain symbol.
  • the starting position of the first time domain resource is the sequence number of the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource in the first time slot occupied by the first time domain symbol.
  • the first time domain resource determined by the second communication device may include at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources.
  • the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units.
  • the at least two sub-time domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units.
  • the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time-domain resources is equal to the length of the first time-domain resources.
  • the at least two sub-time-domain resources are time-domain resources in at least two adjacent time slots.
  • one time slot includes one sub-time domain resource.
  • the resource length of each sub-time domain resource is less than or equal to 14. For example, please refer to FIG.
  • the above-mentioned first time domain resource may include at least two sub-time domain resources, and it is assumed here that the first time domain resource includes a sub-time domain resource j1 and a sub-time domain resource j2.
  • the sub-time domain resource j1 may be included in the time slot i1 occupied by the first time domain resource, and the sub-time domain resource j1 occupies the 11th, 12th, and 13th symbols in the time slot i1.
  • the sub-time domain resource j2 may be included in the time slot i2 occupied by the first time domain resource, and the sub-time domain resource j2 occupies the first to twelfth time domain symbols in the time slot i2.
  • Time slot i1 and time slot i2 are adjacent time slots. In the scenario shown in FIG. 3 , the length of the first time domain resource determined by the second communication device is 15, the starting position corresponding to the first time domain resource is 11, and the starting time corresponding to the first time domain resource is 11.
  • the gap parameter is i1.
  • the second communication device can determine the length of the first time domain resource and the starting position of the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource.
  • the initial and persistent length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource are determined.
  • the second communication device indicates the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource to the first communication device by using the adjustable upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters already proposed in the existing protocol.
  • the method for determining time domain resources provided by the present application can be compatible with the configuration process of time domain resources with less than 14 time domain symbols provided by existing protocols, which facilitates the practical application of the method for determining time domain resources provided by the present application.
  • the second communication device may first determine an upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the target length is the maximum number of time-domain symbols that can be included in the first time-domain resource, and can also be understood as the maximum length of the first time-domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the target length may be predefined by the second communication device, or configured for the second communication device by other communication devices other than the second communication device, or calculated by the second communication device according to a preset calculation rule , this application does not make any specific restrictions.
  • the above-mentioned initial and persistent length indication parameters and the target length upper limit may be It is sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource based on the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
  • the second communication device may send the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device through the same or different messages.
  • the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters on the first message, and send the start and duration indication parameters to the first communication device through the first message.
  • the second communication device may also carry the above target length upper limit on the second message, and send the target length upper limit to the first communication device through the second message.
  • the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit at the same time on the first message, and send the target length upper limit and the start and duration length indication parameters to the first message through the first message.
  • the above-mentioned first message may specifically be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • the above-mentioned second message may specifically be downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
  • the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length in medium RRC signaling, and send the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of target length to the above-mentioned No. 1 through RRC signaling.
  • a communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length in medium RRC signaling, and send the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of target length to the above-mentioned No. 1 through RRC signaling.
  • the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters in the RRC signaling, carry the above-mentioned target length upper limit in the middle DCI, and then use the RRC signaling and DCI to indicate the above-mentioned start and duration lengths.
  • the parameter and the first length upper limit indication parameter are sent to the first communication device.
  • the process of sending the above-mentioned upper limit of the target length by the second communication device may have various implementation manners. The various implementations will be described in detail below.
  • the second communication device may directly carry the value of the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, and send it to the first communication device. For example, assuming that the upper limit value of the target length determined by the second communication device is 2, the second communication device can convert the value 2 of the upper limit of the target length into a binary number 11, and carry the binary number 11 in the first message or the second communication device. In the second message, the upper limit of the target length is sent to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device directly sends the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device, and the method is simple and easy to implement.
  • the second communication device may obtain an index value corresponding to the value of the target length upper limit from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the target length upper limit.
  • the length upper limit set includes one or more index values corresponding to different length upper limits, and the index value may also be referred to as a second length upper limit indication parameter.
  • Table 1-2 is a length upper limit set provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-2, the length upper limit set includes 4 length upper limit values of a1, a2, a3 and a4 and a second length upper limit indication parameter 00 corresponding to 2 bits of a1, a2, a3 and a4 respectively , 01, 10, 11.
  • the second communication device may determine that the above-mentioned second upper length limit indication parameter is 01. Then, the second communication device may carry the second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, so as to send the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device indicates the target length upper limit from the length upper limit set of the first communication device through a second length upper limit indication parameter (ie an index value) with a small amount of data.
  • the method is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the first length limit. Signaling overhead between the communication device and the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may acquire the basic upper limit of the number of time-domain symbols corresponding to the first time-domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the basic number may be 14.
  • the second communication device may determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the target length upper limit according to the basic number upper limit and the target length upper limit.
  • the second communication device may determine the ratio between the target length upper limit and the number of basic upper limits as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the target length upper limit. It should be noted here that the ratio between the upper limit of the target length and the number of basic upper limits may be an integer greater than or equal to 1, such as 2 or 3, or a decimal greater than or equal to 1, such as 1.1, 1.2, etc.
  • the second communication device may determine the length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient (for ease of understanding and distinction, the description will be replaced by the first length upper limit indication parameter below). For example, the second communication device may find the length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the above-mentioned upper limit adjustment coefficient may include one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients with different values, and a length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to each upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the second communication device may also directly determine the target adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the second communication device may determine the binary number 11 corresponding to 2 as the above-mentioned first length upper limit indication parameter. Then, the second communication device may carry the first length indication parameter corresponding to the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, so as to send the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device can indicate the target upper limit adjustment coefficient to the first communication device through a first length upper limit indication parameter, and then the first communication device can subsequently determine the real target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number upper limit
  • this method can facilitate the adjustment of the size of the upper limit of the target length, and on the other hand, it also simplifies the process of obtaining the upper limit of the target length by the first communication device.
  • the above-mentioned second communication device may also determine the initial time slot parameter of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource.
  • the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is used to indicate the position of the time slot where the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is located.
  • the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is the sequence number of the time slot where the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is located in the entire time domain resource. Then, the second communication device can send the above-mentioned starting time slot parameter to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can determine the position of the time slot where the first time-domain symbol of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource is located.
  • the second communication device may determine the starting time slot of the time domain resource (for convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the second time domain resource below) used by the second communication device to send the first message and/or the second message. Location. It can be understood that the second time domain resource used by the second communication device to send the first message and/or the second message is the time domain used by the first communication device to receive the first message and/or the second message. resource. Then, the second communication device may determine the number of timeslot offsets between the first timeslot of the first time-domain resource and the first timeslot of the second time-domain resource, and offset the timeslot by the number of timeslots sent to the first communication device. In this way, the subsequent first communication device can determine the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource according to the number of time slot offsets and the position of the first time slot of the second time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may receive and determine the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
  • the first communication device can extract the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters from the message .
  • the first communication device may directly extract the upper limit of the target length after receiving the first message or the second message carrying the upper limit of the target length . For example, if the first communication device determines that the upper limit of the target length is 11 in the first message or the second message, it can be converted from binary to decimal to determine the real upper limit of the target length to be 2.
  • the first communication device may also extract the upper limit of the target length.
  • the second length upper limit indication parameter, and the length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter is extracted from the corresponding length upper limit set, and the length upper limit is the target length upper limit.
  • the length upper limit set used by the second communication device and the length upper limit set used by the first communication device are the same, and the length upper limit set used by the first communication device may be the same as the length upper limit set used by the second communication device. configured.
  • the first communication device may first extract the above The first length upper limit indication parameter. Then, the second communication device may find the target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from the preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit set.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set and the upper limit adjustment coefficient set used by the second communication device are the same.
  • the second communication device may directly determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the above-mentioned target adjustment coefficient.
  • the first communication device may further determine the upper limit of the target length according to the upper limit of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of time domain symbols corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the basic number may be 14.
  • the first communication device may first calculate the product of the above-mentioned target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number of time domain symbols corresponding to the first time domain resource, and then perform rounding up, rounding down or rounding off the product. Perform operations such as rounding, and use the processed product as the upper limit of the target length above.
  • the first communication device may determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length. Specifically, it is assumed that the length of the above-mentioned first time domain resource is L, the starting position is S, and the upper limit of the target length is a. After the first communication device obtains the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters SLIV, it can divide SLIV by a to obtain the divisor D1 and the remainder D2, and then the first communication device can determine whether the divisor D1 is less than or equal to a/2. If the determination is yes, the first communication device may determine D1+1 as the length L of the first time domain resource, and determine the remainder D2 as the starting position S.
  • the first communication device may also acquire the corresponding number of time slot offsets that carry the above-mentioned first time domain resource. Then, the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is determined based on the position of the first time slot for receiving the second time domain resource used and the number of time slot offsets. It can be understood that, the corresponding number of time slot offsets carrying the first time domain resource may also be indicated by the first message or the second message.
  • the first communication device After the first communication device obtains the above-mentioned length, starting position, and starting time slot parameters of the first time domain resource, it can completely determine from the available time domain resources between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above-mentioned first time domain resource The above-mentioned first time domain resource.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the above steps S10, S20 and S30 can also be replaced by the following steps:
  • the second communication device determines a target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives and determines the first time domain resource according to the target index value.
  • the second communication device may first determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource. Then, the target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource is determined from the preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device may determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device can determine the target corresponding to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource from the preset or configured time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource index value.
  • the time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values with different values and the lengths and start positions of the different values corresponding to each index value.
  • the time domain resource indication set should include at least one index value, and the length of the corresponding time domain resource should be greater than 14.
  • Table 1-3 is a time domain resource indication set provided by this embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-3, the time domain resource set includes a total of 16 index values from 1 to 16, and the lengths and start positions corresponding to the 16 index values respectively. Among them, the length corresponding to some index values is greater than 14. For example, the length of the corresponding time domain resource for an index value of 1 is greater than 14.
  • index value Length of time domain resource The starting position of the time domain resource 1 17 0
  • the time domain resource indication set provided by the embodiments of the present application can be obtained by extending or modifying the time domain resource indication set provided by the prior art.
  • one or more index values may be added to the time domain resource indication set provided by the current NR standard, and the length of the time domain resource corresponding to the one or more index values added must be greater than 14.
  • the length of the time domain resource corresponding to some index values in the time domain resource indication set provided by the current NR standard may also be modified to a length greater than 14.
  • the second communication device after the second communication device determines the target index value, the second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device may carry the above target index value in the DCI, and send the target index value to the first communication device through the DCI.
  • the second communication device may further carry the above target index value in the RRC signaling, and send the target index value to the first communication device through the RRC signaling.
  • the second communication device may further determine the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource, and send the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource to the first communication device.
  • the process of determining and sending the first time slot parameter of the first time domain resource by the second communication device to the first communication device reference may be made to the process of determining and sending the first time domain resource to the first communication device described in step S20 above. The process of starting time slot parameters is not repeated here.
  • the first communication device may receive the above-mentioned target index value, and determine the above-mentioned first time domain resource according to the target index value. Specifically, after receiving the above target index value through RRC signaling or DCI message, the first communication device can find the length and start position corresponding to the target index value from the corresponding time domain resource indication set according to the above target index value , and the length and starting position corresponding to the target index value are the length and starting position of the above-mentioned first time domain resource. It should be noted here that the time domain resource indication set used by the first communication device and the time domain resource indication set used by the second communication device are the same.
  • the time domain resource indication set used by the first communication device may be obtained by configuring the second communication device. Then, the first communication device can completely determine the above-mentioned time domain resources from the available time-domain resources between the first communication device and the second communication device according to the length, start position, and start time slot parameters of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource. The first time domain resource.
  • the second communication device directly indicates the length and starting position of the first time domain resource through a target index value to the first communication device, which can reduce the need for the second communication device to indicate the first time domain for the first communication.
  • the length of the resource and the signaling resources occupied by the starting position can improve the resource utilization efficiency of the second communication device and the first communication device.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 5 that the communication method provided by the present application may further include steps:
  • the first communication device determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources in the first time-domain resource is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines the first sub-time domain resource If the corresponding transmission code rate is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may further determine at least two sub-time domain resources included in the first time domain resource (for the convenience of understanding, the following will be shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • the structure of the first time domain resource shown is described as an example).
  • the first communication device may determine whether each sub-time domain resource is configured with a DMRS according to the length of each sub-time domain resource or the transmission code rate.
  • the transmission code rate corresponding to each sub-time domain resource included in the first time domain resource is determined by the transmission code rate obtained by the first communication device transmitting on the first time domain resource.
  • the size of the transport block transmitted on each sub-time-domain resource is equal to the size of the transport block transmitted on the first time-domain resource, but the length of each sub-time-domain resource is smaller than the length of the first time-domain resource. Therefore, the transmission code rate of each sub-time domain resource will be higher than the transmission code rate of the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device can calculate and determine the transmission code rate on each sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may determine whether the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. For example, if the first communication device determines that the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, it may determine that the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. For another example, if the first communication device determines that the transmission code rate of the sub-time domain resource j1 is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it may determine that the time-domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. After the first communication device determines that the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource, it is determined that the demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the sub-time domain resource j1. Then, the first communication device
  • the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 and the first number corresponding to the above-mentioned first time domain resource can be obtained.
  • the first number is the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured on the first time domain resource, which is usually indicated by the location parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • Pos0 the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource takes a value of Pos0
  • Pos1 the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource takes a value of Pos1
  • the above-mentioned first number takes a value of 1.
  • the first communication device may determine, according to the length of the sub-time-domain resource j1, the first number corresponding to the first time-domain resource, and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set, the length of the DMRS in the funding time-domain resource j1. time domain resources.
  • the DMRS resource mapping set may include the length of one or more different values, the value of one or more different position parameters DMRS-additionalPosition, and the length of any value and the length of any value.
  • the DMRS resource indication information corresponding to the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition under the value.
  • the above one or more position parameters DMRS-additionalPosition with different values includes a certain position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition
  • the value is Pos1 (that is, the first one above The value of the number is 1)
  • the DMRS resource indication information corresponding to the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition of the length L1 and the value of Pos1 is used to indicate the time domain resources of the length L1, the pre-DMRS and the additional DMRS occupied The location of the time domain resource.
  • Table 1-4 is a DMRS resource mapping set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DMRS resource mapping set includes 14 lengths of 1, 2, . value, and DMRS resource indication information corresponding to different length values and different position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition values.
  • l 0 is the relative position between the time domain symbol occupied by the pre-DMRS and the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of a certain length.
  • the mapping type of PUSCH is Type A (TypeA)
  • the number of time domain resources required for a single transmission is not less than 4 time domain symbols. It is determined by the communication device itself, or configured by the second communication device for the first communication device).
  • mapping type of PUSCH is Type B (Type B)
  • transmission of any symbol length can be performed (that is, the length ld of the configured time domain resource can be less than 4).
  • the value of l0 is 0, that is, the preamble
  • the time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS is the first time domain symbol in the to-be-configured time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may determine that the length of the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j1 is 3. If the first communication device determines that the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource is Pos3 (that is, the first value above is 3), the sub-time domain resource j1 can be found from Table 1-4 The corresponding DMRS resource indication information is l 0 . Assuming that the first communication device determines that l0 is 2, the first communication device may determine that the second time domain symbol in the sub-time domain resource j1 is the time domain resource of the DMRS corresponding to the sub-time domain resource j1.
  • the first communication device determines that the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 is less than the first length threshold, or determines that the transmission code rate of the sub-time domain resource j1 is equal to or greater than the preset transmission code rate, the sub-time domain resource can be determined.
  • j1 is the second sub-time domain resource, then it is determined that no DMRS is configured on the sub-time domain resource j1.
  • the first communication device can also use the same process to determine whether the sub-time domain resource j2 is configured with DMRS. Since this process is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine whether the sub-time domain resource j1 is configured with DMRS, here It will not be described in detail.
  • the above-mentioned first length threshold may be a preset fixed value, or may be determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may use the product of a preset coefficient and the length of the first time domain resource as the above-mentioned first length threshold.
  • the corresponding first thresholds are different.
  • a first time domain resource satisfying a first length range corresponds to a first threshold
  • a first time domain resource satisfying a second length range corresponds to another first threshold.
  • the preset transmission code rate may be a preset fixed value, or may be related to the length of the first time domain resource.
  • the preset transmission code rate is determined by the length of the first time domain resource, and when the length of the first time domain resource is different, the corresponding first threshold is different.
  • the first time domain resource satisfying the first length range corresponds to one preset transmission code rate
  • the first time domain resource satisfying the second length range corresponds to another preset transmission code rate.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 6 that the above step S40 can be replaced by the following steps:
  • the first communication device determines the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may determine the length of the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may also obtain the first number corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the description of the first number reference may be made to the description in the foregoing step S40, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may The time domain resource of the DMRS is determined on the resource. In other words, the first communication device will determine the time domain resource of the DMRS as a whole for the first time domain resource, instead of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS separately for each sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the sub-time domain resource j1 according to the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 and the first number
  • the first communication device Specifically, the time domain resource of the DMRS in the first time domain resource may also be determined according to the length of the first time domain resource, the first number, and the corresponding DMRS resource mapping set.
  • the DMRS resource mapping set used by the first communication device should include at least one length with a value greater than 14, and the location parameter
  • the values of DMRS-additionalPosition are not limited to Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3.
  • the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition may also include Pos4, Pos5, etc. (that is, the value of the first number above may be greater than 3).
  • Table 1-5 is another DMRS resource mapping set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DMRS resource mapping set includes not only multiple lengths with a value less than 14, but also multiple lengths with a value greater than 14.
  • the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition is not limited to the original Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3, but also includes Pos4 and Pos5.
  • Table 1-5 is only an example of the DMRS resource mapping set involved in this step.
  • the value of the length of time domain resources may be more or less than Table 1-5.
  • the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition may be more or less than that shown in Table 1-5, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first communication device After the first communication device obtains the above DMRS resource mapping set, it can determine the first time domain resource from the DMRS resource mapping set by using the length of the first time domain resource and the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first number.
  • DMRS resource indication information corresponding to a time domain resource. Then, here, the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the DMRS resource indication information.
  • the specific process refer to the process in which the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the sub-time domain resource j1 according to the length and the first number of the sub-time domain resource j1 described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the determination of the time domain resource of the DMRS on the first time domain resource can be equivalent to each sub-time domain resource.
  • the time domain resources of the DMRS on the domain resources are also determined.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 7 that in the case where the first communication device is the sender (that is, the second communication device is the receiver), the first communication device determines whether each sub-time domain resource is configured with DMRS through the above step S40, or through the above steps. After S40 and S41' determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources, the following steps may be performed:
  • the first communication device performs signal transmission through a second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources.
  • the signal sent by the first communication device through the second sub-time-domain resource should satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  • the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the sub-time domain resource j1 should be It is guaranteed that at least one of transmit power, precoding or transmit port used for signal transmission through sub-time domain resource j1 is the same.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device performs at least two signal transmissions to the second communication device through the at least two sub-time-domain resources, if the first communication device determines that any sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources If no DMRS is configured, the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through any sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS should satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power and the same precoding , the transmitting port is the same. It should be noted here that one sub-time domain resource is only used for one signal transmission.
  • the second communication device when the second communication device is the receiver, the second communication device can also use the same method as the above-mentioned first communication to determine whether each sub-time domain resource in the first time domain resource is configured with DMRS, Then, the signal reception to the first communication device is completed.
  • the process for the second communication device to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine the time domain resources for the DMRS on the first time domain resources, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device is the receiver, the first communication device After the DMRS configuration is performed on each sub-time domain resource through the time domain resource of the DMRS determined by the above step S40 or steps S40 and S41', the steps can also be performed:
  • the first communication device determines the channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through the second sub-time domain resource.
  • the channel estimation result obtained when the signal is received through the sub-time domain resource j1 can be reused.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device receives signals from the second communication device at least twice through the at least two sub-time domain resources, if the first communication device determines any sub-time domain in the at least two sub-time domain resources No DMRS is configured on the resource, then the first communication device may determine the channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through any of the sub-time domain resources, and then complete the channel estimation result in this sub-time domain resource. Signal reception on any sub-time domain resource.
  • the second communication device can also use the same method as the above-mentioned first communication to determine the time domain resource on the first time domain resource. time domain resources of the DMRS, and then complete the signal transmission to the first communication device.
  • the process for the second communication device to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine the time domain resources for the DMRS on the first time domain resources, and will not be repeated here.
  • this time of data transmission may be a certain uplink or downlink repeated transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the data transmission this time may also be another uplink or downlink data transmission process between the first communication device and the second communication device except repeated transmission, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the object to be transmitted may be a PUSCH, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PDSCH). Any channel in channels such as a downlink control channel (physical dowmlink control channel, PDCCH) is not specifically limited in this application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As can be seen from Figure 9, the communication method includes the following steps:
  • the first communication device determines a second time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may determine a second time domain resource for transmission according to the indication information of the second device, and the second time domain resource includes a second time unit (hereinafter referred to as time domain) symbol) spanning multiple time slots, and/or, the number of second time units (hereinafter referred to as time domain symbols) included in the second time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • time domain second time unit
  • time domain symbols the number of second time units included in the second time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • the first communication device divides the second time domain resource into K sub-time domain resources.
  • the first communication device may divide the second time domain resource into K sub-time domain resources.
  • K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the K sub-time domain resources include the first sub-time domain resource, the second sub-time domain resource up to the K th sub-time domain resource.
  • the sum of the lengths of the above-mentioned sub-time-domain resources is equal to the length of the above-mentioned second time-domain resources. It should be noted that the length of each sub-time domain resource in the above K sub-time domain resources should be roughly equal, and the length of each sub-time domain resource can be understood as the number of time domain symbols included in each sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device can determine the length of the second time domain resource (it is assumed to be L1 here).
  • L1 is equal to the time included in the second time domain resource.
  • the number K of sub-time domain resources For example, the first communication device can obtain the above K by calculating the following formula (1).
  • the first communication device may further determine the length of each sub-time domain resource respectively. For example, the first communication device may first calculate a length L2 by using the following formula (2), and determine the length L2 as the first sub-time domain resource and the second time-domain resource in the above K sub-time domain resources until The length of the K-1th sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may first calculate K through the above formula (1). here, That is, the first communication device may determine to divide the second time domain resource into 3 sub-time domain resources. Then, the first communication device may calculate the length L2 of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned three sub-time domain resources according to the above formula 2. here, (A round-up manner is adopted here), that is, the first communication device may determine that the length of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource is 10.
  • the first communication device may calculate the difference ⁇ L between the length L1 and the sum of the lengths of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource, and determine the difference ⁇ L as the three sub-time domain resources The length of the third sub-time domain resource in .
  • the first communication device may divide the above-mentioned second time-domain resource according to the length of each sub-time domain resource, and then determine to obtain the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources. For example, in combination with the foregoing details, after the first communication device determines to divide the second time domain resource into three sub-time domain resources, and the lengths of the three sub-resources are 10, 10, and 9, respectively, the first communication device can start from 10 consecutive time domain symbols are determined in the second time domain resource, and the 10 consecutive time domain symbols are determined as the first sub-time domain resource. Similarly, the first communication device may continue to use the same method to determine the second sub-time domain resource with a length of 10 and the third sub-time domain resource with a length of 9 from the above-mentioned second time domain resources.
  • the above-mentioned implementation manner is used to divide the K sub-time domain resources, so that the lengths of each sub-time domain resource in the K sub-time domain resources obtained by the division are approximately the same, so that the subsequent determination of each sub-time domain resource can be made.
  • the time domain resources of DMRS are more reasonable.
  • the time sequence of the K sub-time domain resources determined by the above method is not limited.
  • the second resource including 29 time-domain symbols is divided into 3 sub-time-domain resources, including the first sub-time-domain resource, the second sub-time-domain resource, and the third sub-time-domain resource, each with a length of 10 ,10,9.
  • the first sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the second sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the second sub-time-domain resource.
  • the second sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the third sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the third sub-time-domain resource.
  • the first sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the third sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the third sub-time-domain resource.
  • the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub time domain resource according to the length of each sub time domain resource in the K sub time domain resources.
  • the first communication device may determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the sub-time domain resources according to the length of each sub-time domain resource.
  • the first communication device since the first communication device performs the same process of determining the time-domain resources of the DMRS on each sub-time-domain resource, the following will take the first sub-time-domain resource in the above K sub-time-domain resources as an example, The process of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub-time domain resource by the first communication device will be described.
  • the first communication device may acquire the length of the first sub-time domain resource and the second number corresponding to the second time-domain resource.
  • the meaning of the second number here is similar to that of the first number above, that is, the second number is the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured on the second time domain resource, which is usually determined by the position corresponding to the second time domain resource.
  • the first communication device may determine, according to the length of the first time-domain resource, the second number corresponding to the second time-domain resource, and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set, the first sub-time-domain resource The time domain resources of the DMRS.
  • the first communication device may determine the time domain resource of the DMRS in the first sub-time domain resource according to the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 described in step S40 of the first embodiment above.
  • the first number corresponding to the first time domain resource and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set to determine the process of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS in the sub-time domain resource j1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first communication device may use the above method to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on other sub-time domain resources except the first sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources, so as to obtain the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources.
  • the time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub-time domain resource in the middle is completed, and then the determination of the time domain resource of the DMRS on the second time domain resource is completed.
  • the foregoing description takes the scenario in which the first communication device sends data to the second communication device through the second time domain resource as an example for description.
  • the second communication device can also use the same method to determine the time domain resource of the DMRS for the second data resource, which will not be repeated this time. .
  • the second time domain resource when the second time domain resource spans multiple time slots, the second time domain resource can be divided into K sub-time domain resources first, and then the second time domain resource can be divided into K sub-time domain resources according to the length of each sub-time domain resource.
  • the time domain resources of the DMRS are determined on the resource, so that the resource allocation problem of the DMRS with time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols can be solved, and the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G can be improved.
  • the second communication device In each scheduled transmission, the second communication device not only configures the time domain resources required for transmission for the first communication device, but also indicates to the first communication device the modulation order that should be used for transmission (here, it is assumed to be Q m ) and the value of the modulation code rate (assuming R x here).
  • the existing NR standards define different values of Q m and R x for different channel conditions.
  • the second communication device dynamically indicates to the first communication device the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x that should be used during transmission through a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index value.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the MCS table includes 32 failed MCS index values from 0 to 31 and the modulation order Q m , modulation code rate R x and spectral efficiency ( Namely spectral efficiency).
  • the first communication device can finally determine, according to the MCS index value and the above-mentioned MCS table, the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate that should be used during transmission.
  • R x For example, assuming that the first communication device determines that the MCS index value from the second communication device is 4, it can be determined that the modulation order Q m used by the first communication device for transmission is 2, and the used modulation code rate R x is 308/ 1024.
  • the first communication device determines the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x that it should adopt, it can calculate the transport block size (TBS) by using the following formula (3).
  • TBS N RE ⁇ R x ⁇ Q m ⁇ V (3)
  • N RE represents the number of resource elements (resource elements, REs) used for transmitting valid data in the transport block.
  • V is the number of transmission layers when the first communication device and the second communication device support multi-layer transmission.
  • the determined transport block size will also be adapted to the size of the data processing capability of the first communication device.
  • the value of N RE will increase accordingly, which leads to a larger value of TBS determined by formula (3).
  • the data processing capability of the first communication device is limited, and it cannot store and process too much data. Therefore, in the case where the length of the time domain resource scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, it is easy to occur that the data processing capability of the first communication device is insufficient due to the excessively large value of the TBS.
  • the problem to be solved in this embodiment is: how to ensure that the value of TBS is reasonable when the length of the time domain resources scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, so as to avoid the value of TBS and the data processing capability of the first communication device. Occurrence of incompatibility.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method is suitable for a data transmission scenario in which the length of the time domain resource scheduled in a single time is greater than 14, and the communication method can be performed by a second communication device.
  • the communication method includes the following steps:
  • the second communication device acquires target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device may acquire target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device.
  • the target capability indication information is mainly used to characterize the data processing capability of the first communication device.
  • the above-mentioned target capability indication information may be the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS determined and obtained by the first communication device. That is to say, the first communication device can determine the acceptable value of the first communication device based on the target configuration parameters included in its factory configuration information that can indicate the size of its data processing capacity (such as the buffer space parameter of the first communication device, the number of CPU cores, etc.).
  • the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS and then send the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may extract Q1, R1 or TBS1 included in the preset message, and determine the Q1, R1 or TBS1 as the target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device.
  • the above-mentioned target capability indication information may be the above-mentioned target configuration parameter.
  • the target configuration parameter may be actively reported by the first communication device to the second communication device, or may be extracted by the second communication device from the factory configuration information of the first communication device. No specific restrictions are imposed.
  • the second communication device determines the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number according to the target capability indication information, and sends the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device may determine, according to the target capability indication information, a target MCS index value and/or a target MCS index value suitable for the data processing capability of the first communication device. or the target transport layer number, and send the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number to the first communication device.
  • the target capability indication information is the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1.
  • the second communication device can first determine a value of a modulation order Q m according to information such as the channel state of the wireless channel used for data transmission (for the convenience of distinction, the value of the first Q m will be used instead of the description below) and the modulation code The value of the rate R x (for the convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the first value of R x below).
  • the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned value of the first Q m is greater than Q1. If the second communication device determines that the value of the first Q m is less than or equal to Q1, the second communication device may determine the value of the first Q m as the value of the target Q m , and determine the value of the first R x as the value of the target Q m Target R x value.
  • the second communication device may re-determine a new set of values of the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x , and repeat the above judgment operation, Until the second communication device determines that the value of the modulation order Q m generated by it is less than or equal to Q1, at this time, the second communication device needs to set the value of the new modulation code rate R x and the new modulation order generated by the second communication device.
  • the value of Q m is determined as the value of the target R x and the value of the target Q m .
  • the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned value of the first Rx is greater than R1. If the second communication device determines that the first Rx value is less than or equal to R1, the second communication device may determine the first Rx value as the target Rx value, and determine the first Qm value as The target Q m value.
  • the second communication device may re-determine a new set of modulation order Qm and modulation code rate Rx , and repeat the above judgment operation, Until the second communication device determines that the value of the generated modulation code rate Rx is less than or equal to R1, at this time, the second communication device needs to set the value of the new modulation code rate Rx generated by it and the new modulation order.
  • the value of Q m is determined as the value of the target R x and the value of the target Q m .
  • the second communication device may first calculate a TBS value according to the above-mentioned first Q m value and first R x value (for convenience of distinction, the following will use the first TBS value instead of description). Then, the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned first TBS value is greater than TBS1. If the second communication device determines that the first TBS value is less than or equal to the above TBS1 , the second communication device may determine the first Rx value as the target Rx value, and the first Qm value as the target Qm value.
  • the second communication device may re-determine a new set of values of the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x , and repeat the above calculation of the TBS value and judgment The operation is performed until the second communication device determines that the TBS value calculated by the new modulation code rate R x value and the new modulation order Q m value generated by the second communication device is less than or equal to the above-mentioned TBS1. At this time, the second communication device The generated new modulation code rate R x value and the new modulation order Q m value need to be determined as the target R x value and the target Q m value.
  • the second communication device may look up the MCS index value corresponding to the target Q m value and the target R x value from the preset MCS table based on the above-mentioned target Q m value and the target R x value, and use the The MCS index value is determined as the target MCS index value.
  • the second communication device determines that the value of Q m is 23, it means that the value of 23 is not suitable, and the second communication device can generate a new value of Q m . If the value of the new Q m generated by the second communication device is 21, it means that the value of 21 is suitable, then the second communication device can determine 21 as the value of the target Q m and determine 666/1024 as the target The value of Rx . Further, the second communication device can determine the MCS index value 21 corresponding to 21 and 666/1024 as the target MCS index value.
  • the target capability indication information is a target configuration parameter.
  • the second communication device may first determine the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter.
  • the process for the second communication device to determine Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter, and details are not repeated here.
  • the second communication device can generate the above-mentioned target MCS index value according to the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1.
  • the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1 is determined by the second communication device according to the target configuration parameter, which can save the data processing resources of the first communication device and improve the data processing capability of the first communication device.
  • the second communication device may further determine the preset number of transmission layers as the number of target transmission layers used in this transmission.
  • the above-mentioned preset number of transmission layers is 1.
  • the number of transmission layers may be limited to 1, that is, data transmission is not performed in a multi-layer transmission manner.
  • the second communication device is limited by the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS corresponding to the data processing capability of the first communication device.
  • the determined TBS value can be matched with the data processing capability of the first communication device. In this way, it is possible to avoid the situation that the data processing capability of the first communication device cannot meet the actual demand due to the length of the time-domain resources scheduled for a single time being greater than 14, which improves the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G.
  • the first communication device receives the scheduling information from the second communication device.
  • the time difference T is the time reserved by the second communication device for the first communication device to process the transmission data.
  • the time difference T is determined by the second communication device in combination with multiple parameters, and the multiple parameters include a relatively important parameter, that is, the preparation time N2.
  • the preparation time refers to the time required for the first communication device to determine, after receiving the scheduling information from the second communication device, the resources for data transmission, the size of the transmission block and other processing processes corresponding to the scheduling, such as channel coding, rate matching, etc.
  • the preparation time is related to the processing capability of the first communication device, and the preparation time must be less than or equal to the time difference T, that is, the data transmission can be started only after the data transmission is ready.
  • the preparation time N2 is related to the data processing capability of the first communication device, and corresponds to N2 time domain symbols.
  • the current NR standard defines the value of the preparation time N2 under various data processing capabilities. For example, see Table 1-7. Table 1-7 is a set of values of the first preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-7, under the first data processing capability, different values of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the subcarrier interval ⁇ of different values.
  • Table 1-8 is a value set of the second preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-8, under the second data processing capability, different values of the subcarrier interval ⁇ will also correspond to different values of the preparation time N2.
  • the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the value of the same subcarrier interval ⁇ is different. For example, when the value of the subcarrier interval ⁇ is 0, under the first data processing capability, the value of the preparation time N2 is 10, and under the second data processing capability, the value of the preparation time N2 is 5.
  • the value of the time unit N2 in the above Table 1-7 or Table 1-8 is suitable for the scenario where the length of the time domain resources of a single scheduling is less than or equal to 14, in the time domain of a single scheduling In a scenario where the length of the resource is greater than 14, the value of TBS will also become larger, which results in more processing time required by the first communication device, that is, the value of the above-mentioned time difference T needs to be larger. Obviously, in a scenario where the length of the time domain resources scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, the value of the preparation time N2 specified in the existing NR standard is still used, which may cause the value of the time difference T determined by the second communication device to be too small.
  • the technical problem to be solved in this embodiment is: how to determine a reasonable value of the preparation time N2, so as to ensure that the value of the time difference T can be reasonable, thereby ensuring that the first communication device can have enough time to complete the transmission data. deal with.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • the scheduling process of a certain data transmission between the second communication device and the first communication device will be taken as an example.
  • the communication method includes the steps:
  • the second communication device acquires the length of the third time domain resource.
  • the second communication device may obtain the number of time domain symbols included in the third time domain resource, and further The length of the above-mentioned third time domain resource (here, it is assumed to be L4) is determined.
  • the second communication device determines a target value of the preparation time N2 according to the length of the third time domain resource.
  • the second communication device may further combine the above-mentioned length L4, the data processing capability of the first communication device, and the data transmission method used in this scheduled data transmission.
  • the value of the preparation time N2 is determined by the subcarrier interval (for the convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the target subcarrier interval below).
  • the second communication device determines that the length L4 is less than or equal to 14
  • the data The target subcarrier interval used for transmission determines the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval from the above table 1-7, and determines the value as the target value of the preparation time N2.
  • the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned second data processing capability, it can be determined from the above Table 1-8 according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission this time.
  • the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval is obtained, and the value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2.
  • the target value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-7 is 23, that is, the preparation time N2 is specifically 23 time domain symbols.
  • the second communication device when the second communication device determines that the length L4 is greater than 14, it can further use the data processing capability of the second device and the target subcarrier interval from the above Table 1-7 or Table 1-8.
  • the value of the corresponding preparation time N2 is found in (for convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the initial value later), and the specific search process can be found in the description above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second communication device may obtain the number of time slots occupied by the third time domain resource (here, it is assumed to be S).
  • the second communication device can calculate the product of the initial value of the preparation time N2 and the number of time slots S, and determine the product of the initial value of the preparation time N2 and the number of time slots S as the preparation time N2 target value. For example, assuming that the length L4 is 29 and the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned first data processing capability, when the above-mentioned target subcarrier interval is 2, the initial value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-7 If it is 23, the second communication device may determine 69 (ie, 23*3) as the target value of the preparation time N2.
  • the target value of the preparation time N2 is finally determined in combination with the number of time slots occupied by the third time domain resource, which can make the finally determined time difference T more reasonable and reliable.
  • the second communication device determines that the length L4 is greater than 14
  • the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the first data processing capability
  • the second communication device The communication device can determine the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval from the preset third preparation time N2 value set according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission, and This value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2.
  • Table 1-9 is a value set of the third preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the values of the subcarrier interval ⁇ are respectively 0, 1, 2, and 3, and the corresponding values of the preparation time N2 are respectively t1, t2, t3 and t4.
  • the value set of the third preparation time N2 can be specifically obtained by extending the value set of the first preparation time N2.
  • the values of preparation time N2 corresponding to each value of the subcarrier interval ⁇ in the value set of the first preparation time N2 can be multiplied by the preparation time adjustment coefficient p, and then the third preparation time N2 can be obtained by extension.
  • the setup time adjustment coefficient p is larger than 1.
  • t1, t2, t3 and t4 can also adopt other values, as long as it is ensured that t1 is greater than 10, t2 is greater than 12, t3 is greater than 23, and t4 is greater than 36.
  • the target value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-9 That is t3.
  • the second communication device may change from the preset target subcarrier interval according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission this time.
  • the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval is determined from the fourth set of values of the preparation time N2, and the value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2.
  • Table 1-10 is a set of values for the fourth preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the values of the subcarrier interval ⁇ are 0, 1, and 2, respectively, and the values of the corresponding preparation time N2 are t5, t6, and t7, respectively.
  • the value set of the fourth preparation time N2 can also be obtained by extending the value set of the second preparation time N2.
  • the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to each value of the subcarrier interval ⁇ in the value set of the second type of preparation time N2 can be multiplied by the preparation time adjustment coefficient p, and then extended to obtain the fourth type of preparation time N2.
  • the second communication device may determine to obtain a larger value of the preparation time N2, which may include determining based on the preparation time N2
  • the time difference T can be within a reasonable range, so that the subsequent first communication device can have enough time to complete the processing of the transmission data, thereby improving the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus may be used to perform the function of the first communication device in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the third embodiment or the fourth embodiment.
  • the apparatus may be the first communication device itself, or may be an element or module inside the first communication device.
  • FIG. 9 only the main components of the device are shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, control the device, execute the software program, process the data of the software program, and the like.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used for receiving data input by a user using the device and outputting data to the user. It should be noted that, in some scenarios, the communication device may not include an input and output device.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 9 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and/or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire device.
  • the software program is executed, and the data of the software program is processed.
  • the processor in FIG. 9 may integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the device may be connected through various buses.
  • the above baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the above-mentioned central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the device.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be sometimes referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the time domain resource The number of second time units included in .
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or, determine the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources. If the transmission code rate corresponding to the sub-time domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 920 and the transceiver unit 910 may also execute the methods in the following examples.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that the length of the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or, to determine the at least two sub-time domain resources
  • the transmission code rate corresponding to the second sub-time domain resource in the sub-time domain resources is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, and the determined second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS.
  • the transceiver unit 910 is configured to perform signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource.
  • the signal transmission performed by the transceiver unit 910 through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the transmit power is the same, the precoding is the same, The transmit ports are the same.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through the second sub-time domain resource.
  • the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to acquire the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14.
  • the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
  • the transceiving unit 910 may be configured to receive the first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the value of the second length indication parameter as the upper limit of the target length.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to obtain the target index value. Then, according to the target index value, the target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from the preset time domain resource indication set.
  • the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the one or more index values include at least one index with a corresponding length greater than 14 value.
  • the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the length of the time domain resources.
  • the number of second time units to include.
  • the first number is the maximum allowable number of first DMRSs configured on the first time domain resource.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number pair.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 920 and the transceiver unit 910 may also execute the methods in the following examples.
  • the first number is greater than three.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to, when the processing unit determines that any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is not configured with a DMRS, perform the transmission through the any sub-time domain resource.
  • Signal transmission and signal transmission through sub-time domain resources configured with DMRS satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time resource in the at least two sub-time resources, configure the channel corresponding to the sub-time resource configured with the DMRS The estimation result is used to demodulate the signal received at any of the sub-time domain resources.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to acquire the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14.
  • the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
  • the transceiving unit 910 may be configured to receive the first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
  • processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the value of the second length indication parameter as the upper limit of the target length.
  • the processing unit 920 is further configured to obtain the target index value. Then, according to the target index value, the target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from the preset time domain resource indication set.
  • the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the one or more index values include at least one index with a corresponding length greater than 14 value.
  • the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • the first time unit is a time slot
  • the second time unit is a time domain symbol
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus can be applied to the communication system as shown in FIG. 1 to perform the function of the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment, second embodiment, third embodiment or fourth embodiment.
  • the apparatus may be the second communication device itself, or may be a component or module inside the second communication device.
  • the apparatus may include one or more transceiver units 1010 and one or more processing units 1020 .
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna and a radio frequency unit.
  • the above-mentioned part of the transceiver unit 1010 is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the indication information in the above embodiments to the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned part of the processing unit 1020 is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the device, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed device.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 may be used to control the apparatus to perform the process of determining the indication information in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 may be composed of one or more boards, and the multiple boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an NR network) with a single access indication, or may respectively support a wireless access network with different access standards. wireless access network.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 further includes a memory and a processor, and the above-mentioned memory is used for storing necessary instructions and data.
  • the above-mentioned processor is used to control the apparatus to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the apparatus to execute the operation flow of the apparatus in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the memory and processor described above may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and/or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire device.
  • the software program is executed, and the data of the software program is processed.
  • the processor in FIG. 13 may integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the device may be connected through various buses.
  • the above baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the above-mentioned central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource, wherein the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used for Indicates the length of the first time domain resource and the target start symbol parameter, the resource length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14 .
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
  • processing unit 1020 and the transceiver unit 1010 can also be used to execute the methods in the following examples.
  • the processing unit 1020 determines a first upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set.
  • the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to one or more different upper limit adjustment coefficients.
  • the processing unit 1020 determines the value of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter.
  • the processing unit 1020 determines a second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target length upper limit from a preset length upper limit set.
  • the length upper limit set includes one or more length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to different length upper limits.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
  • the processing unit 1020 determines the value of the upper limit of the target length as the second upper length limit indication parameter.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
  • the processing unit 1020 determines, according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, from a preset time domain resource indication set, the corresponding length of the first time domain resource and the starting position. target index value.
  • the time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource.
  • the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 sends the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus may be the first communication device in Embodiment 1, and may be used to implement the communication method described in Embodiment 1 above.
  • the apparatus includes: a processor 111 , a memory 112 , and a transceiver 113 .
  • the memory 112 includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM or CD-ROM, and the memory 112 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • the memory 112 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
  • Operation instructions including various operation instructions, which are used to realize various operations.
  • Operating System Includes various system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the transceiver 113 may be a communication module, a transceiver circuit. Application In this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver 113 is configured to perform the process of sending and receiving data or signals performed by the first communication device in the first embodiment.
  • the processor 111 may be a controller, CPU, general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application.
  • the processor 111 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • various components of the device are coupled to each other.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • Programming logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the methods or steps performed by the first communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which implements the method or step performed by the first communication device in the first embodiment above when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be the first communication device in Embodiment 1.
  • the apparatus includes a processor and an interface.
  • the processor is configured to execute the method or step executed by the first communication device in the first embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus may be a chip, and the above-mentioned processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which can be implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor, and can be located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus may be the second communication device in the first embodiment, and may be used to implement the steps of the communication method performed by the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
  • the apparatus includes: a processor 121 , a memory 122 , and a transceiver 123 .
  • the memory 122 includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM, or CD-ROM, and the memory 122 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • Memory 122 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
  • Operation instructions including various operation instructions, which are used to realize various operations.
  • Operating System Includes various system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the transceiver 123 may be a communication module, a transceiver circuit. Application In this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver 123 is configured to perform the signal or data sending and receiving process performed by the second communication device in the first embodiment.
  • the processor 121 may be a controller, CPU, general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application.
  • the processor 121 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the various components of the device are coupled together.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • Programming logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SCRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the method or steps performed by the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which implements the method or steps performed by the second communication device in the first embodiment above when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be the second communication device in Embodiment 1.
  • the apparatus includes a processor and an interface.
  • the processor is configured to execute the method or step executed by the second communication device in the first embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned apparatus may be a chip, and the above-mentioned processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software codes stored in the memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor, and can be located outside the above-mentioned processor and exist independently.
  • the foregoing method embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product described above includes one or more computer instructions. When the above-mentioned computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the above-mentioned processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the aforementioned computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the above-mentioned computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the above-mentioned computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center via wired communication. (e.g. coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber Line (DSL) or wireless (e.g. infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the above computer readable storage The medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that contains one or more of the available media integration servers, data centers, etc.
  • the aforementioned available media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (For example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD), etc.).
  • magnetic media eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes
  • optical media For example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD), etc.
  • SSD solid state disk
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application can often be used interchangeably.
  • the term “and/or” in this embodiment is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, There are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus described above is only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another A system, or some feature, can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
  • each functional unit in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a first communication device determining a first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource comprises at least two consecutive time domain sub-resources, and the at least two time domain sub-resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and correspond one-to-one to the at least two adjacent first time units; and if the first communication device determines that the length of a first time domain sub-resource of the at least two time domain sub-resources is equal to or greater than a first length threshold, or determines that a transmission bitrate corresponding to the first time domain sub-resource of the at least two time domain sub-resources is less than a preset transmission bitrate, the first communication device then determining that a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) is configured on the first time domain sub-resource. The method provided in the present application can solve the problem of DMRS resource configuration for a time-domain resource consisting of more than 14 symbols.

Description

一种通信方法和装置A communication method and device
本申请要求于2020年10月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2020/121701、申请名称为“一种通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number PCT/CN2020/121701 and the application title "a communication method and device" filed with the Chinese Patent Office on October 16, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信技术的不断发展,第五代(the Fifth-Generation,5G)移动通信技术(又称为新无线(new radio,NR))已经被提出。实际应用中,5G技术的业务非常多样,比如面向增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)业务、超可靠低延时通信(ultra-reliability low-latency communication,URLLC)业务以及大规模机器通信(massive machine-type communication,mMTC)业务等。With the continuous development of mobile communication technology, the fifth generation (the Fifth-Generation, 5G) mobile communication technology (also known as new radio (NR)) has been proposed. In practical applications, the services of 5G technology are very diverse, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) services, ultra-reliability low-latency communication (URLLC) services, and large-scale machine communication ( massive machine-type communication, mMTC) business, etc.
在现有的NR协议中规定,一个时隙(即slot)中包括14个正交频分复用时域符号(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols,OS)(以下简称为符号),并且网络设备单次调度的时域资源的长度不会超过一个时隙。这里,某一时域资源的长度通常指的是该时域资源中包含的时域符号的个数。换言之,就是网络设备单次调度的时域资源的长度不会大于14。然而,随着5G技术的不断发展,单次调度资源长度大于14的时域资源的技术需求也逐渐出现。例如,为了实现上行增强,人们就提出了支持超过14个时域符号的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的资源调度,一方面能够将多个时隙上的包聚合成大于14时域符号的单次调度资源长度上的更大的包,获取更好的信道编码能力来改善传输性能,另一方面将多个小包聚合成更大的包,能够降低总的包头开销,改善传输的效率。但是,现有NR标准还无法实现超14个时域符号的资源调度及此时如何配置解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。In the existing NR protocol, it is stipulated that a time slot (ie slot) includes 14 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing time domain symbols (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols, OS) (hereinafter referred to as symbols), and the network device single time The length of the scheduled time domain resources will not exceed one slot. Here, the length of a certain time domain resource generally refers to the number of time domain symbols included in the time domain resource. In other words, the length of the time domain resource scheduled by the network device at one time will not be greater than 14. However, with the continuous development of 5G technology, the technical demand for time-domain resources with a single scheduling resource length greater than 14 has gradually emerged. For example, in order to achieve uplink enhancement, resource scheduling of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) that supports more than 14 time-domain symbols has been proposed. On the one hand, packets on multiple time slots can be aggregated into more than 14 The single-time scheduling resource length of time-domain symbols can obtain larger packets with better channel coding capability to improve transmission performance. On the other hand, aggregating multiple small packets into larger packets can reduce the total packet header overhead and improve the transmission efficiency. However, the existing NR standard cannot realize resource scheduling of more than 14 time-domain symbols and how to configure a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) at this time.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种通信方法和装置。通过本申请提供的方法,能够减小参考信号配置的开销,改善传输的频谱效率。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. With the method provided in the present application, the overhead of reference signal configuration can be reduced, and the spectral efficiency of transmission can be improved.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。第一通信设备确定第一时域资源包括的至少两个子时域资源。其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与所述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数。若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于预设传输码率,则所述第一通信设备确定在所述第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The first communication device determines at least two sub-time domain resources included in the first time domain resource. Wherein, the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the time domain resource The number of second time units included in . If the first communication device determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources If the transmission code rate corresponding to the domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, the first communication device determines that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
在如上述实现中,由于超14个时域符号的时域资源会包含于至少两个连续的第一时间单元(例如,时隙)。因此,在第一通信设备确定的第一时域资源占据了至少两个相邻的第一时间单元的情况下,第一通信设备可分别对这至少两个连续的子时域资源进行DMRS的资源的确定。这便解决了超过14个时域符号的时域资源的DMRS的资源配置问题。此外,第一通信设备只有在确定第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于预设传输码率,才确定在第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS,这样可以使得第一子时域资源上配置的DMRS的数量较为合理,可避免第一子时域资源的传输码率过大。In the above implementation, the time domain resources of more than 14 time domain symbols are included in at least two consecutive first time units (eg, time slots). Therefore, when the first time domain resource determined by the first communication device occupies at least two adjacent first time units, the first communication device may perform DMRS on the at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources respectively. Determination of resources. This solves the problem of resource allocation of DMRS for time domain resources with more than 14 time domain symbols. In addition, the first communication device only determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines that the transmission code rate corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate. A demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on one sub-time domain resource, which can make the number of DMRS configured on the first sub-time domain resource reasonable, and can avoid the transmission code rate of the first sub-time domain resource from being too large.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源的长度小于所述第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源对应的传输码率等于或者高于所述预设传输码率,则所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS。这里,对于长度较小或者传输码率较大的第二子时域资源,第一通信设备可确定不配置DMRS,这样也可避免经过DMRS配置后的第二子时域资源的传输码率过大或者DMRS分布不均匀等情况的发生。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, if the first communication device determines that the length of the second sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or determines The transmission code rate corresponding to the second sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, and the first communication device determines that the second sub-time-domain resource is not Configure DMRS. Here, for the second sub-time domain resource with a smaller length or a larger transmission code rate, the first communication device may determine not to configure the DMRS, which can also avoid excessive transmission code rate of the second sub-time domain resource after the DMRS configuration. The occurrence of large or uneven DMRS distribution.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,在所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS之后,所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号传输。其中,所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一项:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, after the first communication device determines that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS, the first communication device uses the second sub-time domain resource to perform Signal transmission. Wherein, the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the transmit power is the same, the precoding is the same , the transmitting port is the same.
这里,当第一通信设备为发送方时,对第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源所进行的信号传输进行发射功率、预编码或者发射端口的约束,可使得第一通信设备的接收端(即第二通信设备)能够对通过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输进行联合信道估计,可改善信道估计准确性,并提升传输效率。Here, when the first communication device is the sender, constraining the transmission power, precoding or transmission port on the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the second sub-time domain resource can make the first communication device's The receiving end (that is, the second communication device) can perform joint channel estimation on the signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission through the first sub-time domain resource, which can improve the accuracy of channel estimation, and improve transmission efficiency.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,在所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS之后,所述第一通信设备将所述第一子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。这里,当第一通信设备为接收方时,第一通信设备可对所述第二子时域资源和所述第一子时域资源上进行的信号接收进行联合信道估计,可增强信号接收的质量。结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一长度阈值由所述第一时域资源的长度确定。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, after the first communication device determines that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS, the first communication device maps the first sub-time domain resource to the corresponding The channel estimation result of is determined to be the channel estimation result when the first communication device performs signal reception through the second sub-time domain resource. Here, when the first communication device is the receiver, the first communication device may perform joint channel estimation on the signal reception performed on the second sub-time domain resource and the first sub-time domain resource, which may enhance the reliability of signal reception. quality. With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备还可获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14。所述第一通信设备根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。这里,第一通信设备直接根据大小可调的目标长度上限和起始和持续长度指示参量来确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置,可使得本申请提供的时域资源确定方法能够兼容现有协议所提供的小于或等于14个时域符号的时域资源的配置过程,有利于本申请提供的时域资源确定方法的实际应用。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device may further acquire the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource. The upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14. The first communication device determines the length and the start position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters. Here, the first communication device directly determines the length and starting position of the first time domain resource according to the size-adjustable upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters, so that the method for determining the time domain resource provided by the present application can be used. It can be compatible with the configuration process of the time domain resources provided by the existing protocol with less than or equal to 14 time domain symbols, which is beneficial to the practical application of the time domain resource determination method provided by the present application.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备可接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量,并根据所述第一长度上限指示参量确定目标上限调整系数。所 述第一通信设备根据所述目标上限调整系数和所述第一时域资源对应的第一时间单元的基本个数上限确定出所述目标长度上限。其中,所述基本个数上限为14。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device may receive a first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device, and determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter . The first communication device determines the upper limit of the target length according to the upper limit of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备根据所述第一长度上限指示参量从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述第一长度上限指示参量对应的目标上限调整系数。其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的上限调整系数。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device determines a target corresponding to the first upper length upper limit indicator parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indicator parameter Cap adjustment factor. Wherein, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备将第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为目标上限调整系数。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
这里,第一通信设备根据第二通信设备指示的第一长度上限指示参量的取值作为目标上限调整系数,然后第一通信设备即可根据目标上限调整系数和基本个数上限确定出真正的目标长度上限,这种方式一方面可便于目标长度上限的大小的调整,另一方面也使得第一通信设备获取目标长度上限的过程变得简单且有效。Here, the first communication device uses the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter indicated by the second communication device as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient, and then the first communication device can determine the real target according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number upper limit On the one hand, this method can facilitate the adjustment of the size of the upper limit of the target length, and on the other hand, it also makes the process of obtaining the upper limit of the target length by the first communication device simple and effective.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指示参量。所述第一通信设备根据所述第二长度上限指示参量从预设或配置的长度上限集合中确定出所述第二长度上限指示参量对应目标长度上限。其中,所述长度上限集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的长度上限。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device receives a second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The first communication device determines the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter. Wherein, the length upper limit set includes length upper limits corresponding to one or more different length upper limit indication parameters.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指示参量。所述第一通信设备将所述第二长度上限指示参量的取值作为目标长度上限。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device receives a second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The first communication device takes the value of the second length upper limit indication parameter as the target length upper limit.
这里,第二通信设备直接通过第二长度上限指示参量的取值指示为目标长度上限,方法简单且易于实现。Here, the second communication device directly indicates the upper limit of the target length through the value of the second upper length limit indication parameter, and the method is simple and easy to implement.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备获取目标索引值。所述第一通信设备根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值。所述第一通信设备将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device acquires the target index value. The first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14. The first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
这里,第二通信设备直接通过一个目标索引值指示第一时域资源的长度和起始位置,可减少第一时域资源的长度和起始位置的指示所占用的信令资源,可提升第二通信设备和第一通信设备的资源利用效率。Here, the second communication device directly indicates the length and starting position of the first time domain resource through a target index value, which can reduce the signaling resources occupied by the indication of the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, and can improve the first time domain resource. Resource utilization efficiency of the second communication device and the first communication device.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。第一通信设备确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数。其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与上述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14,所述第一个数为在所述第一时域资源上配置的第一DMRS的最大允 许个数;In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The first communication device determines the length and the first number of the first time domain resource. Wherein, the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the length of the time domain resources. The number of included second time units, the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, and the first number is the maximum allowable number of first DMRS configured on the first time domain resource;
所述第一通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和所述第一个数在所述第一时域资源上进行解调参考信号DMRS的时域资源的确定。The first communication device determines the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number.
如上述实现中,在第一通信设备确定的第一时域资源占据了至少两个相邻的第一时间单元(即时隙)的情况下,第一通信设备直接将第一时域资源作为一个整体进行DMRS的时域资源的确定,可使得每个子时域资源的DMRS的配置在数量上和位置上都较为合理。As in the above implementation, when the first time domain resource determined by the first communication device occupies at least two adjacent first time units (ie slots), the first communication device directly regards the first time domain resource as a Determining the time domain resources of the DMRS as a whole can make the DMRS configuration of each sub-time domain resource more reasonable in quantity and position.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一个数大于3。In conjunction with the second aspect, in one possible design, the first number is greater than three.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则所述第一通信设备通过所述任一子时域资源进行的信号传输与配置有DMRS的子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一个:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, if the first communication device determines that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device passes the The signal transmission performed by any of the sub-time domain resources and the signal transmission performed by the sub-time domain resources configured with DMRS satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则所述第一通信设备将配置有DMRS的子时域资源对应的信道估计结果用于解调在所述任一子时域资源上接收的信号。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, if the first communication device determines that DMRS is not configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device will configure The channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resources of the DMRS is used to demodulate the signal received on any of the sub-time domain resources.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14。所述第一通信设备根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device acquires the start and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length, where the upper limit of the target length is the specified upper limit of the target length. The maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14. The first communication device determines the length and the start position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备可接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量,并根据所述第一长度上限指示参量确定目标上限调整系数。所述第一通信设备根据所述目标上限调整系数和所述第一时域资源对应的第一时间单元的基本个数上限确定出所述目标长度上限。其中,所述基本个数上限为14。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device may receive a first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device, and determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter . The first communication device determines the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备根据所述第一长度上限指示参量从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述第一长度上限指示参量对应的目标上限调整系数。其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的上限调整系数。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device determines the target corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter Cap adjustment factor. Wherein, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备将所述第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为目标上限调整系数。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as a target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量。所述第一通信设备根据所述第一长度上限指示参量从预设的长度上限集合中确定出所述第一长度上限指示参量对应目标长度上限。其中,所述长度上限集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的长度上限。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device receives the first length upper limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The first communication device determines the target length upper limit corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset length upper limit set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter. Wherein, the length upper limit set includes length upper limits corresponding to one or more different length upper limit indication parameters.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量。所述第一通信设备将所述第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为目标长度上限。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device receives the first length upper limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The first communication device determines the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target length upper limit.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备获取目标索引值。所述第一通信设备根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的 目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值。所述第一通信设备将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device acquires the target index value. The first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14. The first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
本申请提供的另一种通信方法和装置,实现了超过14个符号的时域资源的单次调度。Another communication method and apparatus provided by the present application realizes a single scheduling of time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。第二通信设备确定第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。其中,所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限用于指示所述第一时域资源的长度和目标起始符号参量,时域资源的资源长度为所述时域资源包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14。第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The second communication device determines the initial and persistent length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used to indicate the length of the first time domain resource and the target start symbol parameter, and the resource length of the time domain resource is the second time domain resource included in the time domain resource. The number of time units, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14. The second communication device sends the start and duration indication parameters and the target length upper limit to the first communication device.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备根据所述第一时域资源对应的第二时间单元的基本个数上限和所述目标长度上限确定出目标上限调整系数,其中,所述基本个数上限为14;所述第二通信设备确定所述目标上限调整系数对应的第一长度上限指示参量。所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一长度上限指示参量。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design, the second communication device determines a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the upper limit of the basic number of second time units corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length , wherein the upper limit of the basic number is 14; the second communication device determines the first upper length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient. The second communication device sends the first length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述目标上限调整系数对应的第一长度上限指示参量,其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的上限调整系数对应的长度上限指示参量。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design, the second communication device determines a first length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set, wherein the upper limit The adjustment coefficient set includes length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to one or more different upper limit adjustment coefficients.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备将所述目标上限调整系数的取值确定为第一长度上限指示参量。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design, the second communication device determines the value of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备从预设的长度上限集合中确定出所述目标长度上限对应的第二长度上限指示参量,其中,所述长度上限集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限对应的长度上限指示参量。所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第二长度上限指示参量。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design, the second communication device determines a second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target length upper limit from a preset length upper limit set, wherein the length upper limit set including one or more length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to different length upper limits. The second communication device sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备将目标长度上限的取值确定为第二长度上限指示参量。所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述第二长度上限指示参量。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design, the second communication device determines the value of the upper limit of the target length as the second upper length limit indication parameter. The second communication device sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法。第二通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置对应的目标索引值。其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14。所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述目标索引值,所述目标索引值用于所述第一通信设备确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The second communication device determines a target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource. The time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource. The length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14. The second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置。该装置可为第一通信设备本身,也可为第一通信设备内部的如芯片等元件或者模块。该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或者第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的通信方法的单元,因此也能是实现第一方面或者第二方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus. The device may be the first communication device itself, or may be an element or module such as a chip inside the first communication device. The apparatus includes a unit for executing the communication method provided by any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, so it can also be beneficial for implementing the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect effect (or advantage).
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置。该装置可为第二通信设备本身,也可为第二通信设备内部的如芯片等元件或者模块。该装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或者第四方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的通信方法的单元,因此也能是实现第三方面或者第四方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus. The device may be the second communication device itself, or may be an element or module such as a chip inside the second communication device. The device includes a unit for executing the communication method provided by any possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, so it can also be beneficial for implementing the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect effect (or advantage).
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可为第一通信设备。该装置包括至少一个存储器、处理器以及收发器。其中,该处理器用于调用存储器存储的代码,并结合收发器执行上述第一方面或者第二方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a first communication device. The apparatus includes at least one memory, a processor, and a transceiver. Wherein, the processor is used for calling the code stored in the memory, and in combination with the transceiver, executes the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可为第二通信设备。该装置包括至少一个存储器、处理器以及收发器。其中,该处理器用于调用存储器存储的代码,并结合收发器执行上述第三方面或者第四方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a second communication device. The apparatus includes at least one memory, a processor, and a transceiver. Wherein, the processor is used for calling the code stored in the memory, and in combination with the transceiver, executes the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可为第一通信设备。该装置包括:至少一个处理器和接口电路。该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器。该处理器用于运行上述代码指令以实现上述第一方面或者第二方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法,也能实现上述第一方面或者第二方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a first communication device. The apparatus includes: at least one processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor. The processor is configured to run the above code instructions to implement the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the above first aspect or the second aspect, and can also implement the communication method provided by the above first aspect or the second aspect. beneficial effect (or advantage).
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可为第二通信设备。该装置包括:至少一个处理器和接口电路。该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器。该处理器用于运行上述代码指令以实现上述第三方面或者第四方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法,也能实现上述第三方面或者第四方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be a second communication device. The apparatus includes: at least one processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor. The processor is configured to run the above code instructions to implement the communication method provided by any feasible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, and can also implement the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect. beneficial effect (or advantage).
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,实现上述第一方面或者第二方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法,也能实现上述第一方面或者第二方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is executed on a computer, any one of the first aspect or the second aspect is implemented The communication method provided by a feasible implementation manner can also achieve the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,实现上述第三方面或者第四方面中任意一种可行的实现方式所提供的通信方法,也能实现上述第三方面或者第四方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, any one of the third aspect or the fourth aspect is implemented The communication method provided by a feasible implementation manner can also achieve the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或者第二方面提供的通信方法,也能实现第一方面或者第二方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the communication method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect, and can also realize Advantageous effects of the communication method provided by the first aspect or the second aspect.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面或者第四方面提供的通信方法,也能实现第三方面或者第四方面提供的通信方法所具备的有益效果。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer executes the communication method provided in the third aspect or the fourth aspect, and can also realize The beneficial effects provided by the communication method provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信***,该通信***包括上述第一方面或者第二方面涉及的第一通信设备,以及,第三方面或者第四方面涉及的第二通信设备。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the first communication device involved in the first aspect or the second aspect, and the second communication device involved in the third aspect or the fourth aspect .
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,可解决超过14个符号的时域资源的DMRS的资源分配问题,可提升了5G等通信技术的适用性。By using the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the resource allocation problem of the DMRS with time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols can be solved, and the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G can be improved.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法一流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种第一时域资源的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first time domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 10 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图;FIG. 11 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种装置一结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图;13 is another schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图;14 is another schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图。FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的提供的通信方法可以应用于各种通信***,例如:例如MTC***、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信***(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信***、第五代(5th generation,5G)***或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The communication methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: for example, MTC systems, code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) systems ) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) etc.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法具体由第一通信设备和/或第二通信设备来执行。上述第一通信设备可以是上述各种通信***中的终端设备,上述第二通信设备可以是上述各种通常***中的网络设备。上述终端设备具体可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,其具体可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)***或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带 码分多址(wideband code division multiple Access,WCDMA)***中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE***中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The communication methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are specifically executed by the first communication device and/or the second communication device. The above-mentioned first communication device may be a terminal device in the above-mentioned various communication systems, and the above-mentioned second communication device may be a network device in the above-mentioned various general systems. The above terminal equipment may specifically refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminals in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device used for communicating with a terminal device, which may specifically be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system. It can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station (evolutional nodeB) in an LTE system. , eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a 5G network The network equipment in the PLMN network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
为了方便对本申请实施例的理解,下面将对本申请实施例涉及到的几个概念进行解释和说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, several concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application will be explained and described below.
1、时域资源的长度和第二时间单元1. The length of the time domain resource and the second time unit
在本申请实施例中,某一时域资源的长度指代的就是某一时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数。该第二时间单元就是一种用于度量或者指示时域资源的长度的单元。优选的,该第二时间单元可以为时域符号。为了方便理解,后文将以时域符号来代替第二时间单元来进行描述。In this embodiment of the present application, the length of a certain time domain resource refers to the number of second time units included in a certain time domain resource. The second time unit is a unit for measuring or indicating the length of time domain resources. Preferably, the second time unit may be a time domain symbol. For the convenience of understanding, the second time unit will be replaced by a time domain symbol for description hereinafter.
2、第一时间单元2. The first time unit
在本申请实施例中,所谓的第一时间单元也是一种用于度量或者指示时域资源的长度的单元,一个第一时间单元中可包括预设个数第二时间单元。优选的,上述第一时间单元可以为时隙。在本申请实施例中,一个时隙内符号0、符号1、符号2直至符号13共14个时域符号。每个时域符号的对应的符号数用于指示该时域符号在时隙内的排列顺序。符号数越小的时域符号在时隙内的位置越靠前。例如,符号11就是时隙中的第12个时域符号。另外,每个时隙也会对应一个时隙数以相互区别。为了方便理解,后文将以时隙来代替第一时间单元来进行描述。In this embodiment of the present application, the so-called first time unit is also a unit for measuring or indicating the length of time domain resources, and a first time unit may include a preset number of second time units. Preferably, the above-mentioned first time unit may be a time slot. In this embodiment of the present application, there are a total of 14 time-domain symbols in a time slot, symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 2, and symbol 13. The corresponding symbol number of each time-domain symbol is used to indicate the arrangement order of the time-domain symbol in the time slot. The smaller the number of symbols, the earlier the position of the time domain symbol in the time slot. For example, symbol 11 is the 12th time domain symbol in the slot. In addition, each time slot also corresponds to a time slot number to distinguish from each other. For the convenience of understanding, a time slot will be used instead of the first time unit for description hereinafter.
3、解调参考信号DMRS3. Demodulation reference signal DMRS
DMRS是收发端已知的序列,映射在位置已知的时频资源上。以上行传输为例,发送端采用和上行传输的信号相同的预编码和天线端口发送DMRS,由于DMRS和上行传输的信号经历相同的衰落信道,因此,接收端可以基于接收到的DMRS信号和已知的DMRS序列,估计出上行信号传输经历的等效衰落信道,基于估计出的等效的信道状态信息,完成对上行数据的解调。DMRS is a sequence known by the transceiver and mapped on time-frequency resources with known locations. Taking uplink transmission as an example, the transmitting end uses the same precoding and antenna port as the uplink transmission signal to send the DMRS. Since the DMRS and the uplink transmission signal experience the same fading channel, the receiving end can Based on the known DMRS sequence, the equivalent fading channel experienced by the uplink signal transmission is estimated, and the uplink data demodulation is completed based on the estimated equivalent channel state information.
当前的NR协议中,每次上行传输都需要配置DMRS。例如,通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置DMRS参数。其中,DMRS参数可以包括如表1-1示出的参数字段。表1-1为本申请实施例提供的一种现有的DMRS参数表格。In the current NR protocol, DMRS needs to be configured for each uplink transmission. For example, DMRS parameters are configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. The DMRS parameters may include parameter fields as shown in Table 1-1. Table 1-1 is an existing DMRS parameter table provided by this embodiment of the present application.
表1-1 现有的DMRS参数Table 1-1 Existing DMRS parameters
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000001
其中,DMRS的参数可包括类型参数DMRS-type、最大长度参数maxLength和位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition。其中,类型参数DMRS-type表示DMRS的类型,可选取值为类型1type1和类型2type2。type1表示DMRS采用梳齿状的频分方式的2组正交码分组, 此时,每组在频域上占用6个资源单元(resource element,RE)。type2表示DMRS采用梳齿状的频分方式的3组正交码分组,此时,每组在频域上能用4个RE。当采用type2的DMRS配置时,正交码分组较多,能够支持更多层数据的并行发送。The parameters of the DMRS may include a type parameter DMRS-type, a maximum length parameter maxLength and a position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition. The type parameter DMRS-type indicates the type of the DMRS, and can be selected as type 1 type1 and type 2 type2. type1 indicates that the DMRS adopts two groups of orthogonal code groups in a comb-tooth-shaped frequency division manner. At this time, each group occupies 6 resource elements (resource elements, REs) in the frequency domain. type2 indicates that the DMRS adopts three groups of orthogonal code groupings in a comb-shaped frequency division manner. At this time, each group can use four REs in the frequency domain. When the type2 DMRS configuration is adopted, there are more orthogonal code groups, which can support parallel transmission of more layers of data.
最大长度参数maxLength表示配置的前置DMRS最多能够占据的连续时域符号数目,可选取值为single和double。当maxLength取值为single时,表示每个DMRS占据1个时域符号。当maxLength取值为double时,表示每个DMRS最大能占据2个连续的时域符号。此时,具体是占用1个时域符号还是2个时域符号,可通过诸如下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等信息中的一些字段来进一步指示。The maximum length parameter maxLength indicates the maximum number of consecutive time-domain symbols that can be occupied by the configured pre-DMRS, and the selectable values are single and double. When the value of maxLength is single, it means that each DMRS occupies one time-domain symbol. When the value of maxLength is double, it means that each DMRS can occupy at most 2 consecutive time domain symbols. At this time, whether to occupy one time-domain symbol or two time-domain symbols may be further indicated by some fields in information such as downlink control information (DCI) and the like.
位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition表示当前上行传输中,附加DMRS可以占用的时域符号的最大个数,每个附加DMRS占用的时域符号数目和前置DMRS占用的时域符号数目相同。其可选取值为Pos0,Pos1,Pos2,Pos3。上行传输中前置DMRS的配置是必须的,可以理解为,除前置DMRS外,Pos0,Pos1,Pos2,Pos3表示最多还能够配置的附加DMRS的个数分别为0,1,2,3个。The position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition indicates the maximum number of time-domain symbols occupied by the additional DMRS in the current uplink transmission, and the number of time-domain symbols occupied by each additional DMRS is the same as the number of time-domain symbols occupied by the pre-DMRS. Its selectable values are Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3. The configuration of the pre-DMRS in uplink transmission is necessary. It can be understood that in addition to the pre-DMRS, Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3 indicate that the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured is 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. .
请参见图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的结构示意图。由图1可知,该通信***中主要包括第一通信设备和第二通信设备。第一通信设备可通过有线连接、无线连接或者其他连接方式与第二通信设备建立连接。第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间可相互进行通信。针对于第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的通信,当前通信协议中规定,针对某一次数据传输(如PUSCH信道的传输)进行时域资源调度时,单次可调度的最大时域资源的长度不会超过14。然而,随着5G技术的不断发展,单次调度资源长度大于14的时域资源的技术需求也逐渐出现。例如,为了实现上行增强,人们就提出了支持超过14个时域符号的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的资源调度。一方面能够将多个时隙上的包聚合成大于14时域符号的单次调度资源长度上的更大的包,获取更好的信道编码能力来改善传输性能,另一方面将多个小包聚合成更大的包,能够降低总的包头开销,改善传输的效率。但是,现有NR标准还无法实现超14个时域符号的资源调度及此时如何配置解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be known from FIG. 1 that the communication system mainly includes a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device may establish a connection with the second communication device through wired connection, wireless connection or other connection methods. The first communication device and the second communication device can communicate with each other. For the communication between the first communication device and the second communication device, the current communication protocol stipulates that when time domain resource scheduling is performed for a certain data transmission (such as PUSCH channel transmission), the maximum time domain resource that can be scheduled at a time The length will not exceed 14. However, with the continuous development of 5G technology, the technical demand for time-domain resources with a single scheduling resource length greater than 14 has gradually emerged. For example, in order to achieve uplink enhancement, resource scheduling of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) supporting more than 14 time-domain symbols has been proposed. On the one hand, the packets in multiple time slots can be aggregated into larger packets with a single scheduling resource length greater than 14 time-domain symbols, so as to obtain better channel coding capabilities to improve transmission performance. Aggregating into larger packets can reduce the total packet header overhead and improve transmission efficiency. However, the existing NR standard cannot realize resource scheduling of more than 14 time-domain symbols and how to configure a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) at this time.
因此,本申请实施例要解决的技术问题是:如何确定长度超过14的时域资源中DMRS的时域资源。Therefore, the technical problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present application is: how to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS in the time domain resources whose length exceeds 14.
实施例一Example 1
请参见图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法一流程示意图。本实施例将以第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的某一次数据传输为具体场景对申请实施例提供的时域资源确定方法进行描述。本申请实施例中涉及的第一通信设备为终端设备,第二通信设备为网络设备。由图2可知,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the time domain resource determination method provided by the application embodiment will be described by taking a certain data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device as a specific scenario. The first communication device involved in the embodiments of the present application is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device. It can be seen from FIG. 2 that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S10,第二通信设备确定第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。S10, the second communication device determines the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource.
S20,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。S20, the second communication device sends the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
S30,第一通信设备接收并根据起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限确定第一时域资源。S30, the first communication device receives and determines the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
在一些可行的实现方式中,如步骤S10所述,第二通信设备可先确定本次与第一通信设备进行数据传输所需的时域资源(为方便理解和区别,下文将以第一时域资源代替描述) 所对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。这里,上述第一时域资源的长度是大于14,也就是说,上述第一时域资源中包括的时域符号的个数要大于14。第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限主要用于指示上述第一时域资源的长度以及第一时域资源在第一通信设备与第二通信设备之间的可用时域资源中的位置。In some feasible implementations, as described in step S10, the second communication device may first determine the time domain resources required for data transmission with the first communication device this time (for the convenience of understanding and distinction, the following will refer to the first time domain resource (replacement description) corresponding to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length. Here, the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, that is, the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource is greater than 14. The start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource are mainly used to indicate the length of the first time domain resource and the availability of the first time domain resource between the first communication device and the second communication device. The location in the time domain resource.
具体实现中,第二通信设备可先根据预设的时域资源调度算法以及当前的时域资源利用情况确定出上述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。这里,第一时域资源的长度就是第一时域资源中包括的时域符号的个数。上述第一时域资源的起始位置用于指示第一时域资源的首个时域符号在其所占用的首个时隙中的位置。可选的,在实际应用中,第一时域资源的起始位置就是第一时域资源的首个时域符号在其所占用的首个时隙内的排列序号。In specific implementation, the second communication device may first determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource according to the preset time domain resource scheduling algorithm and the current time domain resource utilization situation. Here, the length of the first time domain resource is the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource. The starting position of the first time domain resource is used to indicate the position of the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource in the first time slot occupied by the first time domain symbol. Optionally, in practical applications, the starting position of the first time domain resource is the sequence number of the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource in the first time slot occupied by the first time domain symbol.
进一步需要说明的是,在第一时域资源的资源长度大于14的情况下,第二通信设备确定出的第一时域资源可包括连续的至少两个子时域资源。这至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源。并且,这至少两个子时域资源与上述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应。所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度。换句话说,就是这至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻时隙中的时域资源。并且,一个时隙中包括一个子时域资源。每个子时域资源的资源长度小于或者等于14。例如,请参见图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的一种第一时域资源的结构示意图。如图3所示,上述第一时域资源可包括至少两个子时域资源,这里假设为第一时域资源包括子时域资源j1和子时域资源j2。上述子时域资源j1可包含于上述第一时域资源占用的时隙i1内,子时域资源j1占用了时隙i1内的第11、第12以及第13这三个符号。上述子时域资源j2可包含于上述第一时域资源占用的时隙i2内,子时域资源j2占用了时隙i2内的第1个到第12个时域符号。时隙i1和时隙i2为相邻的时隙。在如图3所述的场景下,上述第二通信设备确定出的第一时域资源的长度15,第一时域资源对应的起始位置为11,第一时域资源对应的起始时隙参量为i1。It should be further noted that, when the resource length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, the first time domain resource determined by the second communication device may include at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources. The at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units. Moreover, the at least two sub-time domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units. The sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time-domain resources is equal to the length of the first time-domain resources. In other words, the at least two sub-time-domain resources are time-domain resources in at least two adjacent time slots. And, one time slot includes one sub-time domain resource. The resource length of each sub-time domain resource is less than or equal to 14. For example, please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a first time domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the above-mentioned first time domain resource may include at least two sub-time domain resources, and it is assumed here that the first time domain resource includes a sub-time domain resource j1 and a sub-time domain resource j2. The sub-time domain resource j1 may be included in the time slot i1 occupied by the first time domain resource, and the sub-time domain resource j1 occupies the 11th, 12th, and 13th symbols in the time slot i1. The sub-time domain resource j2 may be included in the time slot i2 occupied by the first time domain resource, and the sub-time domain resource j2 occupies the first to twelfth time domain symbols in the time slot i2. Time slot i1 and time slot i2 are adjacent time slots. In the scenario shown in FIG. 3 , the length of the first time domain resource determined by the second communication device is 15, the starting position corresponding to the first time domain resource is 11, and the starting time corresponding to the first time domain resource is 11. The gap parameter is i1.
进一步的,第二通信设备在确定出第一时域资源的长度、上述第一时域资源的起始位置之后,可根据第一时域资源的长度、上述第一时域资源的起始位置确定出第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。这里,第二通信设备通过大小可调的目标长度上限和现有协议中已经提出的起始和持续长度指示参量来为第一通信设备指示所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置,可使得本申请提供的时域资源确定方法能够兼容现有协议所提供的小于14个时域符号的时域资源的配置过程,可便于本申请提供的时域资源确定方法的实际应用。Further, after determining the length of the first time domain resource and the starting position of the first time domain resource, the second communication device can determine the length of the first time domain resource and the starting position of the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource. The initial and persistent length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource are determined. Here, the second communication device indicates the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource to the first communication device by using the adjustable upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters already proposed in the existing protocol, The method for determining time domain resources provided by the present application can be compatible with the configuration process of time domain resources with less than 14 time domain symbols provided by existing protocols, which facilitates the practical application of the method for determining time domain resources provided by the present application.
具体实现中,第二通信设备在确定出上述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置后,可先确定上述第一时域资源对应的目标长度上限。这里,该目标长度上限即为第一时域资源能够包含的时域符号的最大个数,也可以理解成第一时域资源的最大长度。该目标长度上限可以是第二通信设备预定义的,也可以是第二通信设备以外的其他通信设备为第二通信设备配置的,还可以是第二通信设备根据预设的计算规则计算得到的,本申请不作具体限制。然后,第二通信设备可根据第一时域资源的长度、起始位置以及目标长度上限确定出第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量(start and length indicator value,SLIV)。例如,假设第一时域资源的长度为L,起始位置为S,目标长度上限为a。在第一时域资源的长度 L满足0≤L≤a-S的情况下,若第二通信设备确定
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000002
则第二通信设备可通过公式SLIV=a×(L-1)+S计算得到第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量SLIV。若第二通信设备确定
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000003
则可通过公式SLIV=a×(a-L+1)+(a-1-S)计算得到第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量SLIV。例如,假设第二通信设备确定第一时域资源的资源长度为15,起始位置为5,并且目标长度上限为28。第二通信设备可确定起始和持续长度指示参量SLIV等于28*(15-1)+5,即等于397。当然,第二通信设备也可采用其他方法对第一时域资源的长度、起始位置以及目标长度上限进行处理以得到第一时域资源的起始和持续长度指示参量,本申请不作具体限制。
In a specific implementation, after determining the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, the second communication device may first determine an upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource. Here, the upper limit of the target length is the maximum number of time-domain symbols that can be included in the first time-domain resource, and can also be understood as the maximum length of the first time-domain resource. The upper limit of the target length may be predefined by the second communication device, or configured for the second communication device by other communication devices other than the second communication device, or calculated by the second communication device according to a preset calculation rule , this application does not make any specific restrictions. Then, the second communication device may determine the start and duration indicator value (SLIV) corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the length, start position and target length upper limit of the first time domain resource. For example, it is assumed that the length of the first time domain resource is L, the starting position is S, and the upper limit of the target length is a. In the case that the length L of the first time domain resource satisfies 0≤L≤aS, if the second communication device determines
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000002
Then, the second communication device can obtain the start and duration indication parameters SLIV corresponding to the first time domain resource by calculating the formula SLIV=a×(L-1)+S. If the second communication device determines
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000003
Then, the start and duration indication parameters SLIV corresponding to the first time domain resource can be obtained by calculating the formula SLIV=a×(a-L+1)+(a-1-S). For example, it is assumed that the second communication device determines that the resource length of the first time domain resource is 15, the starting position is 5, and the upper limit of the target length is 28. The second communication device may determine that the start and duration indication parameter SLIV is equal to 28*(15-1)+5, ie equal to 397. Of course, the second communication device may also use other methods to process the length, start position, and target length upper limit of the first time domain resource to obtain the start and duration indication parameters of the first time domain resource, which are not specifically limited in this application. .
在一些可行的实现方式中,如前文步骤S20所述,第二通信设备在确定出上述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限后,可将上述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备,以使得第一通信设备能够基于上述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限确定出上述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In some feasible implementation manners, as described in the foregoing step S20, after the second communication device determines the above-mentioned initial and persistent length indication parameters and the target length upper limit, the above-mentioned initial and persistent length indication parameters and the target length upper limit may be It is sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource based on the start and duration indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
具体实现中,第二通信设备可通过相同的或者不同的消息将上述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备。例如,第二通信设备可将上述起始和持续长度指示参量承载于第一消息上,并通过第一消息将该起始和持续长度指示参量发送给第一通信设备。同时,第二通信设备也可将上述目标长度上限承载于第二消息上,并通过第二消息将目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备。又例如,第二通信设备可将上述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限同时承载于第一消息上,并通过该第一消息将目标长度上限和起始和持续长度指示参量发送给第一通信设备。可选的,上述第一消息具体可以为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令。上述第二消息具体可以为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。例如,第二通信设备可将上述起始和持续长度指示参量以及目标长度上限承载于中RRC信令中,并通过RRC信令将上述起始和持续长度指示参量以及目标长度上限发送给上述第一通信设备。又例如,第二通信设备可将上述起始和持续长度指示参量承载于RRC信令中,将上述目标长度上限承载于中DCI中,然后通过RRC信令和DCI将上述起始和持续长度指示参量以及第一长度上限指示参量发送给第一通信设备。In a specific implementation, the second communication device may send the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device through the same or different messages. For example, the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters on the first message, and send the start and duration indication parameters to the first communication device through the first message. At the same time, the second communication device may also carry the above target length upper limit on the second message, and send the target length upper limit to the first communication device through the second message. For another example, the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit at the same time on the first message, and send the target length upper limit and the start and duration length indication parameters to the first message through the first message. a communication device. Optionally, the above-mentioned first message may specifically be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. The above-mentioned second message may specifically be downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI). For example, the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length in medium RRC signaling, and send the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of target length to the above-mentioned No. 1 through RRC signaling. a communication device. For another example, the second communication device may carry the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters in the RRC signaling, carry the above-mentioned target length upper limit in the middle DCI, and then use the RRC signaling and DCI to indicate the above-mentioned start and duration lengths. The parameter and the first length upper limit indication parameter are sent to the first communication device.
尤其需要说明的是,第二通信设备发送上述目标长度上限的过程可具备多种实现方式。下面将分别对这多种实现方式进行详细描述。In particular, it should be noted that the process of sending the above-mentioned upper limit of the target length by the second communication device may have various implementation manners. The various implementations will be described in detail below.
实现方式1:Implementation 1:
第二通信设备可直接将上述目标长度上限的取值承载于上述第一消息或者第二消息中,并发送给第一通信设备。例如,假设第二通信设备确定出的目标长度上限取值为2,则第二通信设备可将目标长度上限的取值2转换成二进制数11,并将二进制数11承载于第一消息或者第二消息中,以将目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备。这里,第二通信设备直接目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备,方法简单且易于实现。The second communication device may directly carry the value of the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, and send it to the first communication device. For example, assuming that the upper limit value of the target length determined by the second communication device is 2, the second communication device can convert the value 2 of the upper limit of the target length into a binary number 11, and carry the binary number 11 in the first message or the second communication device. In the second message, the upper limit of the target length is sent to the first communication device. Here, the second communication device directly sends the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device, and the method is simple and easy to implement.
实现方式2:Implementation 2:
第二通信设备可依据目标长度上限从预设或者配置的长度上限集合中获取与目标长度上限的取值对应的索引值。所述长度上限集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限对应的 索引值,该索引值也可称为第二长度上限指示参量。例如,请参见表1-2,表1-2是本申请实施例提供的一种长度上限集合。如表1-2所示,该长度上限集合中包括了a1、a2、a3以及a4共4个长度上限取值以及与a1、a2、a3以及a4分别对应2比特的第二长度上限指示参量00、01、10、11。例如,假设第二通信设备确定出的目标长度上限为a2,则第二通信设备可确定上述第二长度上限指示参量为01。然后,第二通信设备可将目标长度上限对应的第二长度上限指示参量承载于上述第一消息或者第二消息中,以将上述目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备。这里,第二通信设备通过一个数据量较小的第二长度上限指示参量(即索引值)从第一通信设备的长度上限集合指示出目标长度上限,方法简单且易于实现,并且可以减少第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的信令开销。The second communication device may obtain an index value corresponding to the value of the target length upper limit from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the target length upper limit. The length upper limit set includes one or more index values corresponding to different length upper limits, and the index value may also be referred to as a second length upper limit indication parameter. For example, see Table 1-2. Table 1-2 is a length upper limit set provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-2, the length upper limit set includes 4 length upper limit values of a1, a2, a3 and a4 and a second length upper limit indication parameter 00 corresponding to 2 bits of a1, a2, a3 and a4 respectively , 01, 10, 11. For example, assuming that the upper limit of the target length determined by the second communication device is a2, the second communication device may determine that the above-mentioned second upper length limit indication parameter is 01. Then, the second communication device may carry the second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, so as to send the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device. Here, the second communication device indicates the target length upper limit from the length upper limit set of the first communication device through a second length upper limit indication parameter (ie an index value) with a small amount of data. The method is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the first length limit. Signaling overhead between the communication device and the second communication device.
表1-2 长度上限集合Table 1-2 Length upper limit set
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000004
实现方式3:Implementation 3:
第二通信设备可获取第一时域资源对应的时域符号的基本个数上限。这里,该基本个数上限可以为14。然后,第二通信设备可根据该基本个数上限和目标长度上限确定出该目标长度上限对应的目标上限调整系数。例如,第二通信设备可将目标长度上限与基本上限个数之间的比值确定为目标长度上限对应的目标上限调整系数。这里需要说明的是,目标长度上限与基本上限个数之间的比值可以为大于或者等于1的整数,如2或3等,也可以为大于或者等于1的小数,如1.1,1.2等。然后,第二通信设备可确定出上述目标上限调整系数对应的长度上限指示参量(为方便理解和区别,下文将以第一长度上限指示参量代替描述)。例如,第二通信设备可根据上述目标上限调整系数从预设的上限调整系数集合中查找到上述目标上限调整系数对应的长度上限指示参量。这里,该上述上限调整系数中可包括一个或者多个不同取值的上限调整系数,以及,每个上限调整系数所对应的长度上限指示参量。又例如,第二通信设备也可直接目标调整系数确定为第一长度上限指示参量。比如,假设得到的目标上限调整系数为2,则第二通信设备可将2对应的二进制数11确定为上述第一长度上限指示参量。然后,第二通信设备可将目标长度上限对应的第一长度指示参量承载于上述第一消息或者第二消息中,以将上述目标长度上限发送给第一通信设备。这里,第二通信设备可通过一个第一长度上限指示参量为第一通信设备指示目标上限调整系数,然后后续第一通信设备即可根据目标上限调整系数和基本个数上限确定出真正的目标长度上限,这种方式一方面可便于目标长度上限的大小的调整,另一方面也使得第一通信设备获取目标长度上限的过程变得更加简单。The second communication device may acquire the basic upper limit of the number of time-domain symbols corresponding to the first time-domain resource. Here, the upper limit of the basic number may be 14. Then, the second communication device may determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the target length upper limit according to the basic number upper limit and the target length upper limit. For example, the second communication device may determine the ratio between the target length upper limit and the number of basic upper limits as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the target length upper limit. It should be noted here that the ratio between the upper limit of the target length and the number of basic upper limits may be an integer greater than or equal to 1, such as 2 or 3, or a decimal greater than or equal to 1, such as 1.1, 1.2, etc. Then, the second communication device may determine the length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient (for ease of understanding and distinction, the description will be replaced by the first length upper limit indication parameter below). For example, the second communication device may find the length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the above target upper limit adjustment coefficient. Here, the above-mentioned upper limit adjustment coefficient may include one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients with different values, and a length upper limit indication parameter corresponding to each upper limit adjustment coefficient. For another example, the second communication device may also directly determine the target adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter. For example, assuming that the obtained target upper limit adjustment coefficient is 2, the second communication device may determine the binary number 11 corresponding to 2 as the above-mentioned first length upper limit indication parameter. Then, the second communication device may carry the first length indication parameter corresponding to the upper limit of the target length in the first message or the second message, so as to send the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device. Here, the second communication device can indicate the target upper limit adjustment coefficient to the first communication device through a first length upper limit indication parameter, and then the first communication device can subsequently determine the real target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number upper limit On the one hand, this method can facilitate the adjustment of the size of the upper limit of the target length, and on the other hand, it also simplifies the process of obtaining the upper limit of the target length by the first communication device.
需要补充说明的,上述第二通信设备还可确定出上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量。这里,该第一时域资源的起始时隙参量用于指示第一时域资源的首个时域符号所在的时隙的位置。可选的,第一时域资源的起始时隙参量就是第一时域资源的首个时域符号所在的时隙在整个时域资源中的排列序号。然后,第二通信设备可将上述起始时隙参量发送给第一通信设备,以使得第一通信设备可确定出上述第一时域资源的首个时域符号所在的时隙 的位置。具体的,第二通信设备可确定出其发送上述第一消息和/或第二消息所采用的时域资源(为方便区别,下文将以第二时域资源代替描述)的起始时隙的位置。可以理解的是,第二通信设备发送上述第一消息和/或第二消息所采用的第二时域资源也就是第一通信设备接收上述第一消息和/或第二消息所采用的时域资源。然后,第二通信设备可确定上述第一时域资源的首个时隙与上述第二时域资源的首个时隙之间的时隙偏移个数,并将该时隙偏移个数发送给第一通信设备。这样可使得后续第一通信设备即可根据该时隙偏移个数和第二时域资源的首个时隙的位置确定出上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量。It should be supplemented that the above-mentioned second communication device may also determine the initial time slot parameter of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource. Here, the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is used to indicate the position of the time slot where the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is located. Optionally, the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is the sequence number of the time slot where the first time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is located in the entire time domain resource. Then, the second communication device can send the above-mentioned starting time slot parameter to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can determine the position of the time slot where the first time-domain symbol of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource is located. Specifically, the second communication device may determine the starting time slot of the time domain resource (for convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the second time domain resource below) used by the second communication device to send the first message and/or the second message. Location. It can be understood that the second time domain resource used by the second communication device to send the first message and/or the second message is the time domain used by the first communication device to receive the first message and/or the second message. resource. Then, the second communication device may determine the number of timeslot offsets between the first timeslot of the first time-domain resource and the first timeslot of the second time-domain resource, and offset the timeslot by the number of timeslots sent to the first communication device. In this way, the subsequent first communication device can determine the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource according to the number of time slot offsets and the position of the first time slot of the second time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,如前文步骤S30所述,第一通信设备可接收并根据起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限确定第一时域资源。In some feasible implementation manners, as described in the foregoing step S30, the first communication device may receive and determine the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length.
具体实现中,第一通信设备在接收到承载有上述起始和持续长度指示参量的消息(如前文所述的第一消息)后,可从该消息中提取出上述起始和持续长度指示参量。In a specific implementation, after receiving a message (such as the aforementioned first message) carrying the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters, the first communication device can extract the above-mentioned start and duration length indication parameters from the message .
然后,在第二通信设备采用前文所述实现方式1发送目标长度上限的场景下,第一通信设备在接收到承载有目标长度上限的第一消息或者第二消息后,可直接提取目标长度上限。例如,假设第一通信设备确定目标长度上限在上述第一消息或者第二消息中的取值为11,则可将其由二进制转换成十进制,从而确定真正的目标长度上限取值为2。Then, in the scenario where the second communication device sends the upper limit of the target length by using the aforementioned implementation mode 1, the first communication device may directly extract the upper limit of the target length after receiving the first message or the second message carrying the upper limit of the target length . For example, if the first communication device determines that the upper limit of the target length is 11 in the first message or the second message, it can be converted from binary to decimal to determine the real upper limit of the target length to be 2.
在第二通信设备采用前文所述实现方式2发送目标长度上限的场景下,第一通信设备在接收到承载有第二长度上限指示参量的第一消息或者第二消息后,还可提取出该第二长度上限指示参量,并从相应的长度上限集合中提取出上述第二长度上限指示参量所对应的长度上限,该长度上限即为目标长度上限。这里需要说明的是,第二通信设备所使用的长度上限集合和第一通信设备所使用的长度上限集合为同一个,并且第一通信设备所使用的长度上限集合可以是第二通信设备为其配置的。In the scenario where the second communication device uses the aforementioned implementation mode 2 to send the upper limit of the target length, after receiving the first message or the second message carrying the second upper length limit indication parameter, the first communication device may also extract the upper limit of the target length. The second length upper limit indication parameter, and the length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter is extracted from the corresponding length upper limit set, and the length upper limit is the target length upper limit. It should be noted here that the length upper limit set used by the second communication device and the length upper limit set used by the first communication device are the same, and the length upper limit set used by the first communication device may be the same as the length upper limit set used by the second communication device. configured.
在第二通信设备采用前文所述实现方式3发送目标长度上限的场景下,第一通信设备在接收到承载有第一长度上限指示参量的第一消息或者第二消息后,可先提取出上述第一长度上限指示参量。然后,第二通信设备可根据上述第一长度上限集合从预设的上限调整系数集合中查找到上述第一长度上限指示参量所对应的目标上限调整系数。这里,该上限调整系数集合与第二通信设备所使用的上限调整系数集合为同一个。或者,第二通信设备也可直接将第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为上述目标调整系数。In the scenario where the second communication device uses the aforementioned implementation mode 3 to send the upper limit of the target length, after receiving the first message or the second message carrying the first length upper limit indication parameter, the first communication device may first extract the above The first length upper limit indication parameter. Then, the second communication device may find the target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from the preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit set. Here, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set and the upper limit adjustment coefficient set used by the second communication device are the same. Alternatively, the second communication device may directly determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the above-mentioned target adjustment coefficient.
进一步的,第一通信设备还可根据上述目标上限调整系数和第一时域资源对应的时域符号的基本个数上限确定出上述目标长度上限。这里,该基本个数上限可以为14。可选的,第一通信设备可先计算出上述目标上限调整系数和第一时域资源对应的时域符号的基本个数的乘积,再对该乘积进行向上取整、向下取整或者四舍五入取整等操作,并将处理后的乘积作为上述目标长度上限。例如,假设第一通信设备获取到的目标上限调整系数为2,则第一通信设备可确定目标上限调整系数和第一时域资源对应的时域符号的基本个数的乘积为2*14=28。然后,第一通信设备可确定目标长度上限确定为28。Further, the first communication device may further determine the upper limit of the target length according to the upper limit of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of time domain symbols corresponding to the first time domain resource. Here, the upper limit of the basic number may be 14. Optionally, the first communication device may first calculate the product of the above-mentioned target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number of time domain symbols corresponding to the first time domain resource, and then perform rounding up, rounding down or rounding off the product. Perform operations such as rounding, and use the processed product as the upper limit of the target length above. For example, assuming that the target upper limit adjustment coefficient obtained by the first communication device is 2, the first communication device may determine that the product of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the basic number of time domain symbols corresponding to the first time domain resource is 2*14= 28. Then, the first communication device may determine that the upper limit of the target length is determined to be 28.
接下来,第一通信设备可根据起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。具体的,假设上述第一时域资源的长度为L,起始位置为S,目标长度上限为a。第一通信设备在获取到上述起始和持续长度指示参量SLIV之后,可用SLIV除以a,以得到除数D1和余数D2,然后,第一通信设备可判断除数D1是否小于或 者等于a/2。若确定为是,则第一通信设备可将D1+1确定为第一时域资源的长度L,并将余数D2确定为起始位置S。若确定为否,则第一通信设备可将a-D1+1确定为第一时域资源的长度L,并将a-(D2+1)确定为起始位置S。例如,假设第一通信设备获取到的SLIV的取值为397,目标长度上限为28,则第一通信设备可确定SLIV/a的除数D1等于14,余数D2等于5。由于14等于a/2,则第一通信设备可将14+1=15确定为第一时域资源的长度L,并将预设D2确定为第一时域资源的起始位置S。Next, the first communication device may determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource according to the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length. Specifically, it is assumed that the length of the above-mentioned first time domain resource is L, the starting position is S, and the upper limit of the target length is a. After the first communication device obtains the above-mentioned start and duration indication parameters SLIV, it can divide SLIV by a to obtain the divisor D1 and the remainder D2, and then the first communication device can determine whether the divisor D1 is less than or equal to a/2. If the determination is yes, the first communication device may determine D1+1 as the length L of the first time domain resource, and determine the remainder D2 as the starting position S. If the determination is negative, the first communication device may determine a-D1+1 as the length L of the first time domain resource, and determine a-(D2+1) as the starting position S. For example, assuming that the value of SLIV acquired by the first communication device is 397 and the upper limit of the target length is 28, the first communication device may determine that the divisor D1 of SLIV/a is equal to 14 and the remainder D2 is equal to 5. Since 14 is equal to a/2, the first communication device may determine 14+1=15 as the length L of the first time domain resource, and determine the preset D2 as the start position S of the first time domain resource.
另外,还需要补充的是,第一通信设备还可获取承载有上述第一时域资源的对应的时隙偏移个数的。再基于其接收该所采用的第二时域资源的首个时隙位置和上述时隙偏移个数来确定出上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量。可以理解的是,承载第一时域资源的对应的时隙偏移个数也可以是上述第一消息或者第二消息进行指示。In addition, it also needs to be supplemented that the first communication device may also acquire the corresponding number of time slot offsets that carry the above-mentioned first time domain resource. Then, the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource is determined based on the position of the first time slot for receiving the second time domain resource used and the number of time slot offsets. It can be understood that, the corresponding number of time slot offsets carrying the first time domain resource may also be indicated by the first message or the second message.
第一通信设备在获取到上述第一时域资源的长度、起始位置以及起始时隙参量后,即可完整从第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的可用时域资源中确定出上述第一时域资源。After the first communication device obtains the above-mentioned length, starting position, and starting time slot parameters of the first time domain resource, it can completely determine from the available time domain resources between the first communication device and the second communication device. The above-mentioned first time domain resource.
可选的,请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图,如图4所示,上述步骤S10、步骤S20和步骤S30也可由以下步骤代替:Optionally, please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the above steps S10, S20 and S30 can also be replaced by the following steps:
S10’,第二通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置所对应的目标索引值。S10', the second communication device determines a target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
S20’,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送目标索引值。S20', the second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device.
S30’,第一通信设备接收并根据目标索引值确定第一时域资源。S30', the first communication device receives and determines the first time domain resource according to the target index value.
在一些可行的实现方式中,如步骤S10’所描述,第二通信设备可先确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。然后再根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置所对应的目标索引值。In some feasible implementation manners, as described in step S10', the second communication device may first determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource. Then, the target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource is determined from the preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource.
具体实现中,第二通信设备可确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。这里,第二通信设备确定第一时域资源的长度和起始位置的过程可参见前文步骤S10中所描述的确定第一时域资源的长度和起始位置的过程,此处便不再赘述。然后,第二通信设备即可根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的或者配置的时域资源指示集合中确定出第一时域资源的长度和起始位置所对应的目标索引值。其中,该时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个取值不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的不同取值的长度和起始位置。需要说明的是,该时域资源指示集合应包括至少一个索引值,其对应的时域资源的长度要大于14。下面,请参见表1-3,表1-3是本申请实施例提供的一种时域资源指示集合。如表1-3所示,该时域资源集合中就包括由1到16共16个索引值,以及这16个索引值分别对应的长度和起始位置。其中,某些索引值对应的长度就大于14。例如,取值为1的索引值其对应的时域资源的长度就大于14。以表1-3为例,假设第二通信设备确定出的第一时域资源的长度为17,起始位置为0,则由上述表1-3所示的时域资源指示集合可知,第一时域资源的长度和起始位置对应的目标索引值即为1。In a specific implementation, the second communication device may determine the length and starting position of the first time domain resource. Here, for the process of determining the length and starting position of the first time domain resource by the second communication device, reference may be made to the process of determining the length and starting position of the first time domain resource described in step S10 above, which will not be repeated here. . Then, the second communication device can determine the target corresponding to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource from the preset or configured time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource index value. Wherein, the time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values with different values and the lengths and start positions of the different values corresponding to each index value. It should be noted that the time domain resource indication set should include at least one index value, and the length of the corresponding time domain resource should be greater than 14. Below, please refer to Table 1-3. Table 1-3 is a time domain resource indication set provided by this embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-3, the time domain resource set includes a total of 16 index values from 1 to 16, and the lengths and start positions corresponding to the 16 index values respectively. Among them, the length corresponding to some index values is greater than 14. For example, the length of the corresponding time domain resource for an index value of 1 is greater than 14. Taking Table 1-3 as an example, assuming that the length of the first time domain resource determined by the second communication device is 17 and the starting position is 0, it can be known from the time domain resource indication set shown in Table 1-3 above that the first time domain resource is set to 0. The target index value corresponding to the length of a time domain resource and the starting position is 1.
表1-3 时域资源指示集合Table 1-3 Time Domain Resource Indication Set
索引值index value 时域资源的长度Length of time domain resource 时域资源的起始位置The starting position of the time domain resource
11 1717 00
22 1515 00
33 1010 11
44 1010 22
1515 1818 55
1616 1212 44
需要说明的是,由于当前NR标准中规定的时域资源指示集合中,任一索引值对应的时域资源的长度都是小于或者等于14。因此,本申请实施例提供的时域资源指示集合可由现有技术提供的时域资源指示集合扩展或者修改得到。比如,可在当前NR标准所提供的时域资源指示集合中增加一个或者多个索引值,并且这增加的一个或者多个索引值对应的时域资源的长度都要大于14。或者,也可将当前NR标准所提供的时域资源指示集合中的某些索引值对应的时域资源的长度修改为大于14的长度。It should be noted that, in the time domain resource indication set specified in the current NR standard, the length of the time domain resource corresponding to any index value is less than or equal to 14. Therefore, the time domain resource indication set provided by the embodiments of the present application can be obtained by extending or modifying the time domain resource indication set provided by the prior art. For example, one or more index values may be added to the time domain resource indication set provided by the current NR standard, and the length of the time domain resource corresponding to the one or more index values added must be greater than 14. Alternatively, the length of the time domain resource corresponding to some index values in the time domain resource indication set provided by the current NR standard may also be modified to a length greater than 14.
在一些可行的实现方式中,如前文步骤S20’所述,在第二通信设备确定出上述目标索引值之后,第二通信设备将上述目标索引值发送给第一通信设备。例如,第二通信设备可将上述目标索引值承载于DCI中,并通过DCI将目标索引值发送给第一通信设备。又例如,第二通信设备还可将上述目标索引值承载于RRC信令中,并通过RRC信令将目标索引值发送给第一通信设备。In some feasible implementation manners, as described in the foregoing step S20', after the second communication device determines the target index value, the second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device. For example, the second communication device may carry the above target index value in the DCI, and send the target index value to the first communication device through the DCI. For another example, the second communication device may further carry the above target index value in the RRC signaling, and send the target index value to the first communication device through the RRC signaling.
这里需要补充说明的是,上述第二通信设备还可确定出上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量,并将该第一时域资源的起始时隙参量发送给第一通信设备。这里,第二通信设备确定并向第一通信设备发送上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量过程可参见前文步骤S20中所描述的确定以及向第一通信设备发送上述第一时域资源的起始时隙参量的过程,此处便不再赘述。It should be supplemented here that the second communication device may further determine the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource, and send the initial time slot parameter of the first time domain resource to the first communication device. Here, for the process of determining and sending the first time slot parameter of the first time domain resource by the second communication device to the first communication device, reference may be made to the process of determining and sending the first time domain resource to the first communication device described in step S20 above. The process of starting time slot parameters is not repeated here.
在一些可行的实现方式中,如前文步骤S30’所述,第一通信设备可接收上述目标索引值,并根据目标索引值确定出上述第一时域资源。具体的,第一通信设备通过RRC信令或者DCI消息接收到上述目标索引值之后,可根据上述目标索引值从相应的时域资源指示集合中查找到该目标索引值对应的长度和起始位置,该目标索引值对应的长度和起始位置即为上述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。这里需要说明的是,第一通信设备所使用的时域资源指示集合与第二通信设备所使用的时域资源指示集合为同一个。第一通信设备所使用的时域资源指示集合可由第二通信设备配置得到。然后,第一通信设备即可根据上述第一时域资源的长度、起始位置以及起始时隙参量从第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的可用时域资源中完整的确定出上述第一时域资源。In some feasible implementation manners, as described in the foregoing step S30', the first communication device may receive the above-mentioned target index value, and determine the above-mentioned first time domain resource according to the target index value. Specifically, after receiving the above target index value through RRC signaling or DCI message, the first communication device can find the length and start position corresponding to the target index value from the corresponding time domain resource indication set according to the above target index value , and the length and starting position corresponding to the target index value are the length and starting position of the above-mentioned first time domain resource. It should be noted here that the time domain resource indication set used by the first communication device and the time domain resource indication set used by the second communication device are the same. The time domain resource indication set used by the first communication device may be obtained by configuring the second communication device. Then, the first communication device can completely determine the above-mentioned time domain resources from the available time-domain resources between the first communication device and the second communication device according to the length, start position, and start time slot parameters of the above-mentioned first time-domain resource. The first time domain resource.
如上实现中,第二通信设备直接通过一个目标索引值为第一通信设备指示出所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置,可减少第二通信设备为第一通信指示第一时域资源的长度和起始位置所占用的信令资源,可提升第二通信设备和第一通信设备的资源利用效率。In the above implementation, the second communication device directly indicates the length and starting position of the first time domain resource through a target index value to the first communication device, which can reduce the need for the second communication device to indicate the first time domain for the first communication. The length of the resource and the signaling resources occupied by the starting position can improve the resource utilization efficiency of the second communication device and the first communication device.
接下来,请一并参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图,由图5可知,本申请提供的通信方法还可包括步骤:Next, please refer to FIG. 5 together. FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 5 that the communication method provided by the present application may further include steps:
S40,若所述第一通信设备确定第一时域资源中的至少两个子时域资源中的第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于 预设传输码率,则确定在所述第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。S40, if the first communication device determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources in the first time-domain resource is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines the first sub-time domain resource If the corresponding transmission code rate is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第一通信设备在确定出第一时域资源后,可进一步确定出第一时域资源中包括的至少两个子时域资源(为方便理解,下文将图3所示的第一时域资源的结构为例进行描述)。然后,第一通信设备可根据各子时域资源的长度或者传输码率确定各子时域资源上是否配置有DMRS。可选的,所述第一时域资源中包括的各子时域资源对应的传输码率是通过第一通信设备在第一时域资源上传输获取的传输码率来确定。每个子时域资源上传输的传输块大小等于第一时域资源上传输的传输块大小,但各子时域资源的长度要小于第一时域资源长度。因此,各子时域资源的传输码率会高于第一时域资源的传输码率。当传输块大小和各子时域资源确定后,第一通信设备就可以计算确定出各子时域资源上的传输码率。In some feasible implementation manners, after determining the first time domain resource, the first communication device may further determine at least two sub-time domain resources included in the first time domain resource (for the convenience of understanding, the following will be shown in FIG. 3 ). The structure of the first time domain resource shown is described as an example). Then, the first communication device may determine whether each sub-time domain resource is configured with a DMRS according to the length of each sub-time domain resource or the transmission code rate. Optionally, the transmission code rate corresponding to each sub-time domain resource included in the first time domain resource is determined by the transmission code rate obtained by the first communication device transmitting on the first time domain resource. The size of the transport block transmitted on each sub-time-domain resource is equal to the size of the transport block transmitted on the first time-domain resource, but the length of each sub-time-domain resource is smaller than the length of the first time-domain resource. Therefore, the transmission code rate of each sub-time domain resource will be higher than the transmission code rate of the first time domain resource. After the transmission block size and each sub-time domain resource are determined, the first communication device can calculate and determine the transmission code rate on each sub-time domain resource.
具体实现中,第一通信设备可判断子时域资源j1是否为第一子时域资源。例如,若第一通信设备确定子时域资源j1的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,则可确定子时域资源j1为第一子时域资源。又例如,若第一通信设备确定子时域资源j1的传输码率小于预设传输码率,则可确定时域资源j1为第一子时域资源。当第一通信设备确定子时域资源j1为第一子时域资源后,确定在子时域资源j1上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。然后,第一通信设备In specific implementation, the first communication device may determine whether the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. For example, if the first communication device determines that the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, it may determine that the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. For another example, if the first communication device determines that the transmission code rate of the sub-time domain resource j1 is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it may determine that the time-domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource. After the first communication device determines that the sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource, it is determined that the demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the sub-time domain resource j1. Then, the first communication device
可获取子时域资源j1的长度以及上述第一时域资源对应的第一个数。这里,该第一个数就是第一时域资源上能够配置的附加DMRS的最大个数,其通常由第一时域资源对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition来指示。例如,当第一时域资源对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition取值为Pos0时,上述第一个数即取值为0。当第一时域资源对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition取值为Pos1时,上述第一个数即取值为1。然后,第一通信设备即可根据上述子时域资源j1的长度、第一时域资源对应的第一个数以及预设的或者配置的DMRS资源映射集合确定出资时域资源j1中的DMRS的时域资源。这里需要说明的是,该DMRS资源映射集合中可包括一个或者多个不同取值的长度,一个或者多个不同位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值,以及任一取值下的长度和任一取值下的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition所对应的DMRS资源指示信息。假设上述一个或者多个不同取值的长度中包括长度L1,上述一个或者多个不同取值的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition中包括某个位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值为Pos1(即上述第一个数的取值为1),则长度L1和取值为Pos1的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition所对应的DMRS资源指示信息就用于指示长度L1的时域资源中,前置DMRS和附加DMRS所占用的时域资源的位置。例如,请下面请参见表格1-4,表1-4是本申请实施例提供的一种DMRS资源映射集合。如表1-1所示,该DMRS资源映射集合中包括由1,2,…,11,12,13以及14这14种长度,Po0,Pos1,Pos2,Po3这4种位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值,以及不同的长度取值和不同位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition取值对应的DMRS资源指示信息。其中,l 0为前置DMRS所占用的时域符号与某一长度的时域资源的首个时域符号之间的相对位置。以PUSCH传输为例,当PUSCH的映射类型为类型A(TypeA)时,要求单次传输的时域资源数目不小于4个时域符号,此时l0取值为2或3(具体可由第一通信设备自身决定,或者由第二通信设备为第一通信设备配置得到)。当PUSCH的映射类型为类型B(TypeB)时,则可以进行任意符号长度的传输(即配置的时域资源的长度ld 可小于4),此时l0的取值为0,也就说前置DMRS占用的时域符号就是该待配置的时域资源中的首个时域符号。 The length of the sub-time domain resource j1 and the first number corresponding to the above-mentioned first time domain resource can be obtained. Here, the first number is the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured on the first time domain resource, which is usually indicated by the location parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource. For example, when the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource takes a value of Pos0, the above-mentioned first number takes a value of 0. When the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource takes a value of Pos1, the above-mentioned first number takes a value of 1. Then, the first communication device may determine, according to the length of the sub-time-domain resource j1, the first number corresponding to the first time-domain resource, and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set, the length of the DMRS in the funding time-domain resource j1. time domain resources. It should be noted here that the DMRS resource mapping set may include the length of one or more different values, the value of one or more different position parameters DMRS-additionalPosition, and the length of any value and the length of any value. The DMRS resource indication information corresponding to the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition under the value. Assuming that the length of the above one or more different values includes the length L1, the above one or more position parameters DMRS-additionalPosition with different values includes a certain position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition The value is Pos1 (that is, the first one above The value of the number is 1), then the DMRS resource indication information corresponding to the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition of the length L1 and the value of Pos1 is used to indicate the time domain resources of the length L1, the pre-DMRS and the additional DMRS occupied The location of the time domain resource. For example, please refer to Table 1-4 below. Table 1-4 is a DMRS resource mapping set provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-1, the DMRS resource mapping set includes 14 lengths of 1, 2, . value, and DMRS resource indication information corresponding to different length values and different position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition values. Wherein, l 0 is the relative position between the time domain symbol occupied by the pre-DMRS and the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of a certain length. Taking PUSCH transmission as an example, when the mapping type of PUSCH is Type A (TypeA), the number of time domain resources required for a single transmission is not less than 4 time domain symbols. It is determined by the communication device itself, or configured by the second communication device for the first communication device). When the mapping type of PUSCH is Type B (Type B), transmission of any symbol length can be performed (that is, the length ld of the configured time domain resource can be less than 4). At this time, the value of l0 is 0, that is, the preamble The time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS is the first time domain symbol in the to-be-configured time domain resource.
表1-4 一种DMRS资源映射集合Table 1-4 A DMRS resource mapping set
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000005
例如,结合图3所示的第一时域资源的结构,第一通信设备可确定上述子时域资源j1的长度为3。若第一通信设备确定第一时域资源对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition取值为Pos3(即上述第一个数取值为3),则可从表1-4中查找到子时域资源j1对应的DMRS资源指示信息为l 0。这里假设第一通信设备确定l 0取值为2,则第一通信设备可确定上述子时域资源j1中的第2个时域符号即为子时域资源j1对应的DMRS的时域资源。 For example, with reference to the structure of the first time domain resource shown in FIG. 3 , the first communication device may determine that the length of the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j1 is 3. If the first communication device determines that the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first time domain resource is Pos3 (that is, the first value above is 3), the sub-time domain resource j1 can be found from Table 1-4 The corresponding DMRS resource indication information is l 0 . Assuming that the first communication device determines that l0 is 2, the first communication device may determine that the second time domain symbol in the sub-time domain resource j1 is the time domain resource of the DMRS corresponding to the sub-time domain resource j1.
可选的,若第一通信设备确定子时域资源j1的长度小于第一长度阈值,或者确定子时域资源j1的传输码率等于或者大于预设传输码率,则可确定子时域资源j1为第二子时域资源,则确定在子时域资源j1上不配置DMRS。同理,第一通信设备也可采用相同的过程确定在子时域资源j2是否配置有DMRS,由于此过程与第一通信设备确定子时域资源j1是否配置有DMRS的过程相同,此处便不再详细描述。Optionally, if the first communication device determines that the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 is less than the first length threshold, or determines that the transmission code rate of the sub-time domain resource j1 is equal to or greater than the preset transmission code rate, the sub-time domain resource can be determined. j1 is the second sub-time domain resource, then it is determined that no DMRS is configured on the sub-time domain resource j1. Similarly, the first communication device can also use the same process to determine whether the sub-time domain resource j2 is configured with DMRS. Since this process is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine whether the sub-time domain resource j1 is configured with DMRS, here It will not be described in detail.
这里需要补充说明的是,上述第一长度阈值可以是预设的一个固定值,也可以由第一时域资源的长度来确定。例如,第一通信设备可将一个预设系数与第一时域资源的长度的乘积作为上述第一长度阈值。其中,第一时域资源的长度不同时,所对应的第一阈值不同。又例如,满足第一长度范围的第一时域资源对应一个第一阈值,满足第二长度范围的第一时域资源对应另一个第一阈值。同样的,预设传输码率可以是一个预设的固定数值,也可以与第一时域资源的长度相关。例如,预设传输码率由第一时域资源的长度确定,第一时域资源的长度不同时,所对应的第一阈值不同。又例如,满足第一长度范围的第一时域资源对应一个预设传输码率,满足第二长度范围的第一时域资源对应另一个预设传输码率。It should be supplemented here that the above-mentioned first length threshold may be a preset fixed value, or may be determined by the length of the first time domain resource. For example, the first communication device may use the product of a preset coefficient and the length of the first time domain resource as the above-mentioned first length threshold. Wherein, when the lengths of the first time domain resources are different, the corresponding first thresholds are different. For another example, a first time domain resource satisfying a first length range corresponds to a first threshold, and a first time domain resource satisfying a second length range corresponds to another first threshold. Similarly, the preset transmission code rate may be a preset fixed value, or may be related to the length of the first time domain resource. For example, the preset transmission code rate is determined by the length of the first time domain resource, and when the length of the first time domain resource is different, the corresponding first threshold is different. For another example, the first time domain resource satisfying the first length range corresponds to one preset transmission code rate, and the first time domain resource satisfying the second length range corresponds to another preset transmission code rate.
进一步的,参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图。由图6可知,上述步骤S40可由如下步骤代替:Further, referring to FIG. 6 , FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 6 that the above step S40 can be replaced by the following steps:
S40’,第一通信设备确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数。S40', the first communication device determines the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
具体实现中,第一通信设备可根据第一时域资源中包括的时域符号的个数确定第一时域资源的长度。第一通信设备还可获取到所述第一时域资源对应的第一个数。这里,针对 第一个数描述可参见前文步骤S40中的描述,此处不再赘述。In a specific implementation, the first communication device may determine the length of the first time domain resource according to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource. The first communication device may also obtain the first number corresponding to the first time domain resource. Here, for the description of the first number, reference may be made to the description in the foregoing step S40, which will not be repeated here.
S41’,第一通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和第一个数在第一时域资源上进行解调参考信号DMRS的时域资源的确定。S41', the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length and the first number of the first time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第一通信设备在确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数后,可以直接根据第一时域资源的长度和第一个数在所述第一时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定。换一句话说,就是第一通信设备会将上述第一时域资源作为一个整体来进行DMRS的时域资源的确定,而不是分别单独对每个子时域资源进行DMRS的时域资源的确定。In some feasible implementation manners, after determining the length and the first number of the first time domain resource, the first communication device may The time domain resource of the DMRS is determined on the resource. In other words, the first communication device will determine the time domain resource of the DMRS as a whole for the first time domain resource, instead of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS separately for each sub-time domain resource.
具体实现中,和步骤S40中描述的第一通信设备根据子时域资源j1的长度和第一个数确定子时域资源j1的时域资源的过程类似,在本步骤中,第一通信设备具体也可根据第一时域资源的长度、第一个数以及相应的DMRS资源映射集合确定第一时域资源中的DMRS的时域资源。需要说明的是,由于第一时域资源的长度要大于14,所述在本步骤中,第一通信设备所使用的DMRS资源映射集合中应包括至少一个取值大于14的长度,并且位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值也不限于Pos0,Pos1,Pos2,Pos3。比如位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值还可包括Pos4、Pos5等(即上述第一个数的取值可大于3)。例如,请参见表1-5,表1-5是本申请实施例提供的又一种DMRS资源映射集合。在该DMRS资源映射集合中,不仅包括多个取值小于14的长度,还包括多个取值大于14的长度。位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值也不仅限于原有的Pos0、Pos1、Pos2、Pos3,还包括Pos4和Pos5。当然,可以理解到的是,表1-5仅是本步骤中涉及的DMRS资源映射集合某一示例,在实际应用中,时域资源的长度的取值可以多于或者少于表1-5所示,位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值也可多于或者少于表1-5所示,本申请对此不作具体限制。在第一通信设备获取到上述DMRS资源映射集合后,其可通过第一时域资源的长度和第一个数所对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition的取值从该DMRS资源映射集合中确定出第一时域资源对应的DMRS资源指示信息。然后,这里,第一通信设备根据该DMRS资源指示信息确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源。具体过程可参见前文描述的第一通信设备根据子时域资源j1的长度和第一个数确定子时域资源j1的时域资源的过程,此处便不再赘述。这里可以理解到的是,由于第一时域资源是由至少两个连续的子时域资源构成,因此,第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源的确定即可等价于各子时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源也被确定。In the specific implementation, similar to the process described in step S40 in which the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the sub-time domain resource j1 according to the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 and the first number, in this step, the first communication device Specifically, the time domain resource of the DMRS in the first time domain resource may also be determined according to the length of the first time domain resource, the first number, and the corresponding DMRS resource mapping set. It should be noted that, since the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14, in this step, the DMRS resource mapping set used by the first communication device should include at least one length with a value greater than 14, and the location parameter The values of DMRS-additionalPosition are not limited to Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3. For example, the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition may also include Pos4, Pos5, etc. (that is, the value of the first number above may be greater than 3). For example, see Table 1-5. Table 1-5 is another DMRS resource mapping set provided by the embodiment of the present application. The DMRS resource mapping set includes not only multiple lengths with a value less than 14, but also multiple lengths with a value greater than 14. The value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition is not limited to the original Pos0, Pos1, Pos2, and Pos3, but also includes Pos4 and Pos5. Of course, it can be understood that Table 1-5 is only an example of the DMRS resource mapping set involved in this step. In practical applications, the value of the length of time domain resources may be more or less than Table 1-5. As shown, the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition may be more or less than that shown in Table 1-5, which is not specifically limited in this application. After the first communication device obtains the above DMRS resource mapping set, it can determine the first time domain resource from the DMRS resource mapping set by using the length of the first time domain resource and the value of the position parameter DMRS-additionalPosition corresponding to the first number. DMRS resource indication information corresponding to a time domain resource. Then, here, the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the DMRS resource indication information. For the specific process, refer to the process in which the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the sub-time domain resource j1 according to the length and the first number of the sub-time domain resource j1 described above, and will not be repeated here. It can be understood here that, since the first time domain resource is composed of at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the determination of the time domain resource of the DMRS on the first time domain resource can be equivalent to each sub-time domain resource. The time domain resources of the DMRS on the domain resources are also determined.
表1-5 又一种DMRS资源映射集合Table 1-5 Another DMRS resource mapping set
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000007
接下来,参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图。由图7可知,在第一通信设备为发送方(即第二通信设备为接收)的情况下,在第一通信设备通过上述步骤S40确定各子时域资源是否配置有DMRS,或者通过上述步骤S40和S41’在第一时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定后,还可执行步骤:Next, referring to FIG. 7 , FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from FIG. 7 that in the case where the first communication device is the sender (that is, the second communication device is the receiver), the first communication device determines whether each sub-time domain resource is configured with DMRS through the above step S40, or through the above steps. After S40 and S41' determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources, the following steps may be performed:
S50,第一通信设备通过至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源进行信号传输。S50, the first communication device performs signal transmission through a second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources.
这里,在上述至少两个子时域资源中同时包括一个第一子时域资源和一个第二子时域资源的情况下,所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输应该满足以下中的至少一项:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。Here, in the case that the at least two sub-time-domain resources include a first sub-time-domain resource and a second sub-time-domain resource at the same time, the signal sent by the first communication device through the second sub-time-domain resource The transmission and the signal transmission through the first sub-time domain resource should satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
具体实现中,假设上述子时域资源j2为第一子时域资源,上述子时域资源j1为第二子时域资源,则第一通信设备在通过子时域资源j1进行的信号传输应保证与通过子时域资源j1进行的信号传输所采用的发射功率、预编码或者发射端口中至少有一项是相同的。换言之,就是在第一通信设备通过上述至少两个子时域资源向第二通信设备进行至少两次信号传输时,若第一通信设备确定这至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则第一通信设备通过该任一子时域资源进行的信号传输与通过配置有DMRS的子时域资源进行的信号传输应满足以下中的至少一个:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。这里需要说明的是,一个子时域资源仅用于一次信号传输。In the specific implementation, it is assumed that the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j2 is the first sub-time domain resource, and the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j1 is the second sub-time domain resource, then the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through the sub-time domain resource j1 should be It is guaranteed that at least one of transmit power, precoding or transmit port used for signal transmission through sub-time domain resource j1 is the same. In other words, when the first communication device performs at least two signal transmissions to the second communication device through the at least two sub-time-domain resources, if the first communication device determines that any sub-time-domain resource in the at least two sub-time-domain resources If no DMRS is configured, the signal transmission performed by the first communication device through any sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS should satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power and the same precoding , the transmitting port is the same. It should be noted here that one sub-time domain resource is only used for one signal transmission.
这里需要说明的是,当第二通信设备为接收方时,第二通信设备也可采用与上述第一通信同样的方法来第一时域资源中的各子时域资源上是否配置有DMRS,进而完成对第一通信设备的信号接收。这里,第二通信设备确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源的过程和第一通信设备确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源的过程相同,此处便不再赘述。It should be noted here that when the second communication device is the receiver, the second communication device can also use the same method as the above-mentioned first communication to determine whether each sub-time domain resource in the first time domain resource is configured with DMRS, Then, the signal reception to the first communication device is completed. Here, the process for the second communication device to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine the time domain resources for the DMRS on the first time domain resources, and will not be repeated here.
又或者,请一并参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图,如图8所示,在第一通信设备为接收方的情况下,第一通信设备在通过上述步骤S40或者步骤S40和S41’确定得到的DMRS的时域资源对各子时域资源进行DMRS配置后,也可 执行步骤:Alternatively, please also refer to FIG. 8 , which is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , when the first communication device is the receiver, the first communication device After the DMRS configuration is performed on each sub-time domain resource through the time domain resource of the DMRS determined by the above step S40 or steps S40 and S41', the steps can also be performed:
S50’,第一通信设备将第一子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过第二子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。S50', the first communication device determines the channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through the second sub-time domain resource.
具体实现中,假设上述子时域资源j1为第一子时域资源,上述子时域资源j2为第二子时域资源,则第一通信设备在通过子时域资源j2进行的信号接收时,可复用其通过子时域资源j1进行信号接收时所得到的信道估计结果。换一句话说,就是在第一通信设备通过上述至少两个子时域资源向第二通信设备进行至少两次信号接收时,若第一通信设备确定这至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则第一通信设备可将配置有DMRS的子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过所述任一子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果,继而完成在该任一子时域资源上的信号接收。In the specific implementation, it is assumed that the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j1 is the first sub-time domain resource, and the above-mentioned sub-time domain resource j2 is the second sub-time domain resource. , the channel estimation result obtained when the signal is received through the sub-time domain resource j1 can be reused. In other words, when the first communication device receives signals from the second communication device at least twice through the at least two sub-time domain resources, if the first communication device determines any sub-time domain in the at least two sub-time domain resources No DMRS is configured on the resource, then the first communication device may determine the channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through any of the sub-time domain resources, and then complete the channel estimation result in this sub-time domain resource. Signal reception on any sub-time domain resource.
这里需要说明的是,当第一通信设备为接收方时,第二通信设备为发送方,此时第二通信设备也可采用与上述第一通信同样的方法来确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源,进而完成对第一通信设备的信号发送。这里,第二通信设备确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源的过程和第一通信设备确定第一时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源的过程相同,此处便不再赘述。It should be noted here that when the first communication device is the receiver and the second communication device is the sender, at this time, the second communication device can also use the same method as the above-mentioned first communication to determine the time domain resource on the first time domain resource. time domain resources of the DMRS, and then complete the signal transmission to the first communication device. Here, the process for the second communication device to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the first time domain resources is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine the time domain resources for the DMRS on the first time domain resources, and will not be repeated here.
还需要补充说明的是,前文是以第一通信设备与第二通信设备之间的某一次数据传输为例对本申请提供的通信方法进行描述的。在实际应用中,这一次数据传输可以是第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间进行某一次上行或者下行重复传输。或者,这一次数据传输也可以是第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间进行的除重复传输以外的其他的上行或者下行的数据传输过程,本申请不作具体限制。另外,本申请提供通信方法所适用的数据传输场景中,被传输的对象可以是PUSCH、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)、物理下行共享信道(physical dowmlink shared channel,PDSCH)或者物理下行控制信道(physical dowmlink control channel,PDCCH)等信道中的任意一个信道,本申请不作具体限制。It should also be added that the foregoing description takes a certain data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device as an example to describe the communication method provided by the present application. In practical applications, this time of data transmission may be a certain uplink or downlink repeated transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device. Alternatively, the data transmission this time may also be another uplink or downlink data transmission process between the first communication device and the second communication device except repeated transmission, which is not specifically limited in this application. In addition, in a data transmission scenario to which the communication method provided in this application is applicable, the object to be transmitted may be a PUSCH, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PDSCH). Any channel in channels such as a downlink control channel (physical dowmlink control channel, PDCCH) is not specifically limited in this application.
实施例二Embodiment 2
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图。由图9可知,该通信方法包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As can be seen from Figure 9, the communication method includes the following steps:
S90,第一通信设备确定第二时域资源。S90, the first communication device determines a second time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第一通信设备可根据第二设备的指示信息确定用于传输的第二时域资源,所述第二时域资源包含的第二时间单元(后文以时域符号)跨多个时隙,和/或,所述第二时域资源包含的第二时间单元(后文以时域符号)的数目大于14。这里,第二设备为第一通信设备配置上述第二时域资源的具体过程可参见上述实施例一中所描述的第二设备为第一通信设备配置第一时域资源的具体过程,此处不再赘述。In some feasible implementation manners, the first communication device may determine a second time domain resource for transmission according to the indication information of the second device, and the second time domain resource includes a second time unit (hereinafter referred to as time domain) symbol) spanning multiple time slots, and/or, the number of second time units (hereinafter referred to as time domain symbols) included in the second time domain resource is greater than 14. Here, for the specific process of configuring the second time domain resource for the first communication device by the second device, reference may be made to the specific process for configuring the first time domain resource for the first communication device by the second device described in the first embodiment. No longer.
S91,第一通信设备将第二时域资源划分为K个子时域资源。S91, the first communication device divides the second time domain resource into K sub-time domain resources.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第一通信设备在确定出上述第二时域资源后,可将上述第二时域资源划分成K个子时域资源。这里,K为大于或者等于2的正整数。这K个子时域资源包括第1个子时域资源、第2个子时域资源直至第K个子时域资源。上述各子时域资源的长度之和等于上述第二时域资源的长度。需要说明的是,上述K个子时域资源中各子 时域资源的长度应大体相等,所述各子时域资源的长度可以理解为各子时域资源包含的时域符号的数目。In some feasible implementation manners, after determining the second time domain resource, the first communication device may divide the second time domain resource into K sub-time domain resources. Here, K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. The K sub-time domain resources include the first sub-time domain resource, the second sub-time domain resource up to the K th sub-time domain resource. The sum of the lengths of the above-mentioned sub-time-domain resources is equal to the length of the above-mentioned second time-domain resources. It should be noted that the length of each sub-time domain resource in the above K sub-time domain resources should be roughly equal, and the length of each sub-time domain resource can be understood as the number of time domain symbols included in each sub-time domain resource.
具体实现中,第一通信设备在获知上述第二时域资源后,可确定出该第二时域资源的长度(这里假设为L1),这里,L1即等于第二时域资源中包括的时域符号的个数。然后,第一通信设备可根据上述长度L1以及当前NR标准中规定的时隙的长度b(当前NR标准中规定一个时隙包含14个时域符号,即时隙的长度b=14)确定出上述子时域资源的个数K。例如,第一通信设备可通过下述公式(1)计算得到上述K。In a specific implementation, after learning the second time domain resource, the first communication device can determine the length of the second time domain resource (it is assumed to be L1 here). Here, L1 is equal to the time included in the second time domain resource. The number of field symbols. Then, the first communication device may determine the above-mentioned length L1 according to the above-mentioned length L1 and the length b of the time slot specified in the current NR standard (the current NR standard stipulates that one time slot contains 14 time domain symbols, that is, the length of the time slot is b=14). The number K of sub-time domain resources. For example, the first communication device can obtain the above K by calculating the following formula (1).
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000008
这里需要说明的是,在本实施例中,表达“ceil()”表示对括号中的内容进行向上取整,如X1=ceil(Y1),则X1即为大于或者等于Y1的正整数。It should be noted here that in this embodiment, the expression "ceil()" indicates that the content in the brackets is rounded up. For example, X1=ceil(Y1), then X1 is a positive integer greater than or equal to Y1.
进一步的,第一通信设备在确定出上述K之后,还可分别确定出各子时域资源的长度。例如,第一通信设备先可通过下述公式(2)计算出一个长度L2,并将该长度L2确定为上述K个子时域资源中的第1个子时域资源、第2个时域资源直至第K-1个子时域资源的长度。Further, after determining the above K, the first communication device may further determine the length of each sub-time domain resource respectively. For example, the first communication device may first calculate a length L2 by using the following formula (2), and determine the length L2 as the first sub-time domain resource and the second time-domain resource in the above K sub-time domain resources until The length of the K-1th sub-time domain resource.
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000009
这里需要说明的是,在本实施例中,符号“[z]”表示对z进行取整,该取整的具体方式可包括向上取整、向下取整或者四舍五入取整,此处对取整的方式不作具体限制。为方便理解,后文以向上取整这一方式为例进行描述。It should be noted here that, in this embodiment, the symbol "[z]" indicates that z is rounded, and the specific manner of the rounding may include rounding up, rounding down, or rounding to the nearest integer. The whole method is not specifically limited. For the convenience of understanding, the method of rounding up is used as an example for description below.
在确定出第1个子时域资源、第2个时域资源直至第K-1个子时域资源这K-1个子时域资源的长度之后,第一通信设备可计算出上述长度L1与上述K-1个子时域资源的长度之和的差值(这里假设为ΔL),这里,ΔL=L1-(K-1)*L2。然后第一通信设备即可将ΔL确定为上述K个子时域资源中的第K个子时域资源的长度。After determining the lengths of the K-1 sub-time domain resources from the first sub-time domain resource, the second time-domain resource to the K-1 th sub-time domain resource, the first communication device may calculate the above-mentioned length L1 and the above-mentioned K -The difference between the sums of the lengths of 1 sub-time domain resources (here, it is assumed to be ΔL), where ΔL=L1-(K-1)*L2. Then, the first communication device may determine ΔL as the length of the Kth sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources.
例如,假设上述第二时域资源中包括29个时域符号(即L1等于29)。第一通信设备可先通过上述公式(1)计算出K。这里,
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000010
即第一通信设备可确定将第二时域资源划分成3个子时域资源。然后,第一通信设备可根据上述公式2计算出上述3个子时域资源中的第1个子时域资源和第2个子时域资源的长度L2。这里,
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000011
(这里采用的是向上取整的方式),即第一通信设备可确定上述第1个子时域资源和第2个子时域资源的长度为10。然后,第一通信设备可计算出上述长度L1与上述第1个子时域资源、第2个子时域资源的长度之和的差值ΔL,并将该差值ΔL确定为上述3个子时域资源中的第3个子时域资源的长度。这里,ΔL=29-2*10=9,即第一通信设备可确定3个子时域资源的 长度为9。
For example, it is assumed that the above-mentioned second time domain resource includes 29 time domain symbols (ie, L1 is equal to 29). The first communication device may first calculate K through the above formula (1). here,
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000010
That is, the first communication device may determine to divide the second time domain resource into 3 sub-time domain resources. Then, the first communication device may calculate the length L2 of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned three sub-time domain resources according to the above formula 2. here,
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000011
(A round-up manner is adopted here), that is, the first communication device may determine that the length of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource is 10. Then, the first communication device may calculate the difference ΔL between the length L1 and the sum of the lengths of the first sub-time domain resource and the second sub-time domain resource, and determine the difference ΔL as the three sub-time domain resources The length of the third sub-time domain resource in . Here, ΔL=29−2*10=9, that is, the first communication device may determine that the length of the three sub-time domain resources is 9.
进一步的,第一通信设备在确定出上述K个子时域资源中各子时域资源的长度后,即可根据各子时域资源的长度对上述第二时域资源进行划分,进而确定得到上述K个子时域资源。例如,结合前面的具体,第一通信设备在确定将第二时域资源划分为3个子时域资源,并且这3个子资源的长度分别为10、10和9之后,第一通信设备可先从上述第二时域资源中确定出连续的10个时域符号,并将该10个连续的时域符号确定为第1个子时域资源。同理,第一通信设备可继续采用同样的方式从上述第二时域资源中确定出长度为10的第2个子时域资源以及长度为9的第3个子时域资源。Further, after determining the length of each sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources, the first communication device may divide the above-mentioned second time-domain resource according to the length of each sub-time domain resource, and then determine to obtain the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources. For example, in combination with the foregoing details, after the first communication device determines to divide the second time domain resource into three sub-time domain resources, and the lengths of the three sub-resources are 10, 10, and 9, respectively, the first communication device can start from 10 consecutive time domain symbols are determined in the second time domain resource, and the 10 consecutive time domain symbols are determined as the first sub-time domain resource. Similarly, the first communication device may continue to use the same method to determine the second sub-time domain resource with a length of 10 and the third sub-time domain resource with a length of 9 from the above-mentioned second time domain resources.
这里,采用上述实现方式进行K个子时域资源的划分,可使得划分得到的K个子时域资源中各个子时域资源的长度都大致相同,可使得后续在各个子时域资源的确定出的DMRS的时域资源的更为合理。Here, the above-mentioned implementation manner is used to divide the K sub-time domain resources, so that the lengths of each sub-time domain resource in the K sub-time domain resources obtained by the division are approximately the same, so that the subsequent determination of each sub-time domain resource can be made. The time domain resources of DMRS are more reasonable.
应理解,在本发明中,对通过上述方法确定出的K个子时域资源的时间先后顺序不作限定。例如,上述示例中将包含29个时域符号的第二资源划分为了3个子时域资源,包括第1子时域资源、第2子时域资源和第3子时域资源,长度分别为10,10,9。但第1个子时域资源可以是第2个子时域资源之前的时域资源,也可以是第2个子时域资源之后的时域资源。同理,第2个子时域资源可以是第3个子时域资源之前的时域资源,也可以是第3个子时域资源之后的时域资源。同理,第1个子时域资源可以是第3个子时域资源之前的时域资源,也可以是第3个子时域资源之后的时域资源。It should be understood that, in the present invention, the time sequence of the K sub-time domain resources determined by the above method is not limited. For example, in the above example, the second resource including 29 time-domain symbols is divided into 3 sub-time-domain resources, including the first sub-time-domain resource, the second sub-time-domain resource, and the third sub-time-domain resource, each with a length of 10 ,10,9. However, the first sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the second sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the second sub-time-domain resource. Similarly, the second sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the third sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the third sub-time-domain resource. Similarly, the first sub-time-domain resource may be a time-domain resource before the third sub-time-domain resource, or may be a time-domain resource after the third sub-time-domain resource.
S92,第一通信设备根据K个子时域资源中各子时域资源的长度在各子时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定。S92, the first communication device determines the time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub time domain resource according to the length of each sub time domain resource in the K sub time domain resources.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第一通信设备在确定得到上述K个子时域资源后,即可分别根据各子时域资源的长度在个子时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定。In some feasible implementation manners, after determining to obtain the above K sub-time domain resources, the first communication device may determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on the sub-time domain resources according to the length of each sub-time domain resource.
具体实现中,由于第一通信设备在每个子时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定的过程都相同,下文将以上述K个子时域资源中的第1个子时域资源为例,对第一通信设备在每个子时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定的过程进行描述。第一通信设备可获取到上述第1个子时域资源的长度以及上述第二时域资源对应的第二个数。这里的第二个数和上述第一个数的含义类似,即该第二个数就是第二时域资源上能够配置的附加DMRS的最大个数,其通常由第二时域资源对应的位置参数DMRS-additionalPosition来指示。然后,第一通信设备即可根据上述第1个时域资源的长度、第二时域资源对应的第二个数以及预设的或者配置的DMRS资源映射集合确定出第1个子时域资源中的DMRS的时域资源。这里,第一通信设备确定第1个子时域资源中的DMRS的时域资源的具体过程可一并参见前文实施例一的步骤S40中所描述的第一通信设备根据子时域资源j1的长度、第一时域资源对应的第一个数以及预设的或者配置的DMRS资源映射集合确定出子时域资源j1中的DMRS的时域资源的过程,此处便不再赘述。In the specific implementation, since the first communication device performs the same process of determining the time-domain resources of the DMRS on each sub-time-domain resource, the following will take the first sub-time-domain resource in the above K sub-time-domain resources as an example, The process of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub-time domain resource by the first communication device will be described. The first communication device may acquire the length of the first sub-time domain resource and the second number corresponding to the second time-domain resource. The meaning of the second number here is similar to that of the first number above, that is, the second number is the maximum number of additional DMRSs that can be configured on the second time domain resource, which is usually determined by the position corresponding to the second time domain resource. parameter DMRS-additionalPosition to indicate. Then, the first communication device may determine, according to the length of the first time-domain resource, the second number corresponding to the second time-domain resource, and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set, the first sub-time-domain resource The time domain resources of the DMRS. Here, for the specific process for the first communication device to determine the time domain resource of the DMRS in the first sub-time domain resource, reference may be made to the first communication device according to the length of the sub-time domain resource j1 described in step S40 of the first embodiment above. , the first number corresponding to the first time domain resource and the preset or configured DMRS resource mapping set to determine the process of determining the time domain resource of the DMRS in the sub-time domain resource j1, which will not be repeated here.
同理,第一通信设备可采用上述方式对上述K个子时域资源中除第1个子时域资源以外的其他子时域资源进行DMRS的时域资源的确定,从而得到上述K个子时域资源中各子时域资源上的DMRS的时域资源,进而完成第二时域资源上DMRS的时域资源的确定。Similarly, the first communication device may use the above method to determine the time domain resources of the DMRS on other sub-time domain resources except the first sub-time domain resource in the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources, so as to obtain the above-mentioned K sub-time domain resources. The time domain resource of the DMRS on each sub-time domain resource in the middle is completed, and then the determination of the time domain resource of the DMRS on the second time domain resource is completed.
这里需要说明的是,前文是以第一通信设备通过第二时域资源向第二通信设备发送数 据这个场景为例进行描述的。在第二通信设备需要通过第二时域资源向第一通信设备发送数据时,第二通信设备也可采用相同的方法对该第二数据资源进行DMRS的时域资源的确定,此次不作赘述。It should be noted here that the foregoing description takes the scenario in which the first communication device sends data to the second communication device through the second time domain resource as an example for description. When the second communication device needs to send data to the first communication device through the second time domain resource, the second communication device can also use the same method to determine the time domain resource of the DMRS for the second data resource, which will not be repeated this time. .
在本实施例中,在第二时域资源跨多个时隙时,可先将该第二时域资源划分成K个子时域资源,再根据各子时域资源的长度在各子时域资源上进行DMRS的时域资源的确定,这样就可解决超过14个符号的时域资源的DMRS的资源分配问题,可提升5G等通信技术的适用性。In this embodiment, when the second time domain resource spans multiple time slots, the second time domain resource can be divided into K sub-time domain resources first, and then the second time domain resource can be divided into K sub-time domain resources according to the length of each sub-time domain resource. The time domain resources of the DMRS are determined on the resource, so that the resource allocation problem of the DMRS with time domain resources exceeding 14 symbols can be solved, and the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G can be improved.
实施例三Embodiment 3
在每次调度传输中,第二通信设备不仅会为第一通信设备配置传输所需的时域资源,还会为第一通信设备指示传输时应该采用的调制阶数(这里假设为Q m)以及调制码率(这里假设为R x)的取值。现有的NR标准针对不同的信道条件,定义了不同的Q m以及R x的取值。而第二通信设备会通过一个调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)索引值来动态为第一通信设备来指示传输时应该采用的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x。例如,请参见表1-6,表1-6是本申请实施例提供的一种MCS表格。如表1-6所示,该MCS表格中包括有0到31这32个不通过的MCS索引值已经每个MCS索引值所对应的调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x以及频谱效率(即spectral efficiency)。第一通信设备在接收到来自第二通信设备的某个MCS索引值之后,即可根据该MCS索引值以及上述MCS表格最终确定出其进行传输时应该采用的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x。例如,假设第一通信设备确定来自于第二通信设备的MCS索引值为4,则可确定其进行传输时所采用的调制阶数Q m为2,所采用的调制码率R x为308/1024。 In each scheduled transmission, the second communication device not only configures the time domain resources required for transmission for the first communication device, but also indicates to the first communication device the modulation order that should be used for transmission (here, it is assumed to be Q m ) and the value of the modulation code rate (assuming R x here). The existing NR standards define different values of Q m and R x for different channel conditions. The second communication device dynamically indicates to the first communication device the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x that should be used during transmission through a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index value. For example, please refer to Table 1-6. Table 1-6 is an MCS table provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-6, the MCS table includes 32 failed MCS index values from 0 to 31 and the modulation order Q m , modulation code rate R x and spectral efficiency ( Namely spectral efficiency). After receiving a certain MCS index value from the second communication device, the first communication device can finally determine, according to the MCS index value and the above-mentioned MCS table, the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate that should be used during transmission. R x . For example, assuming that the first communication device determines that the MCS index value from the second communication device is 4, it can be determined that the modulation order Q m used by the first communication device for transmission is 2, and the used modulation code rate R x is 308/ 1024.
表1-6 MCS表格Table 1-6 MCS table
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021072220-appb-000012
进一步的,第一通信设备在确定出其应该采用的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x之后,即可通过下述公式(3)进行传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)的计算。 Further, after the first communication device determines the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x that it should adopt, it can calculate the transport block size (TBS) by using the following formula (3).
TBS=N RE×R x×Q m×V  (3) TBS=N RE ×R x ×Q m ×V (3)
其中,N RE表示传输块中用于传输有效数据的资源元素(resource element,RE)的个数。 V是第一通信设备和第二通信设备支持多层传输时的传输层数。 Wherein, N RE represents the number of resource elements (resource elements, REs) used for transmitting valid data in the transport block. V is the number of transmission layers when the first communication device and the second communication device support multi-layer transmission.
由于上述TBS的计算过程是适用于单次调度的时域资源的长度小于或者等于14的场景,从而确定出的传输块大小也会与第一通信设备的数据处理能力的大小相适配。而在单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的场景下,N RE的值会相应的增大,这就导致采用公式(3)确定出的TBS的值也会变的更大。但是,第一通信设备的数据处理能力是有限的,其无法存储和处理太多的数据。所以,在单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的情况下,容易出现TBS的取值过大所导致的第一通信设备的数据处理能力不足的情况。因此,本实施例要解决的问题是:在单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的情况下,如何保证TBS的取值合理,进而避免TBS的取值与第一通信设备的数据处理能力不适配的情况的出现。 Since the above calculation process of TBS is applicable to the scenario where the length of the time domain resource of a single scheduling is less than or equal to 14, the determined transport block size will also be adapted to the size of the data processing capability of the first communication device. However, in a scenario where the length of the time-domain resources scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, the value of N RE will increase accordingly, which leads to a larger value of TBS determined by formula (3). However, the data processing capability of the first communication device is limited, and it cannot store and process too much data. Therefore, in the case where the length of the time domain resource scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, it is easy to occur that the data processing capability of the first communication device is insufficient due to the excessively large value of the TBS. Therefore, the problem to be solved in this embodiment is: how to ensure that the value of TBS is reasonable when the length of the time domain resources scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, so as to avoid the value of TBS and the data processing capability of the first communication device. Occurrence of incompatibility.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图。该通信方法适用于单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的数据传输场景,该通信方法可由第二通信设备来执行。由图10可知,该通信方法包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication method is suitable for a data transmission scenario in which the length of the time domain resource scheduled in a single time is greater than 14, and the communication method can be performed by a second communication device. As can be seen from Figure 10, the communication method includes the following steps:
S101,第二通信设备获取第一通信设备对应的目标能力指示信息。S101, the second communication device acquires target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第二通信设备可获取到第一通信设备对应的目标能力指示信息。该目标能力指示信息主要用于表征第一通信设备的数据处理能力。In some feasible implementation manners, the second communication device may acquire target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device. The target capability indication information is mainly used to characterize the data processing capability of the first communication device.
在一种可选的具体实现中,上述目标能力指示信息可以是第一通信设备确定得到的调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x或者传输块大小TBS的上限值。也就是说,第一通信设备可基于其出厂配置信息中包括的能够指示其数据处理能力大小的目标配置参数(如第一通信设备的缓存空间参数、CPU核心数等)确定出其可以接受的调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x或者传输块大小TBS的上限值,再通过预设消息将该调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x或者传输块大小TBS的上限值发送给第二通信设备。这里,假设第一通信设备确定出的调制阶数Q m的上限值为Q1,调制码率R x的上限值为R1,传输块大小TBS的上限值为TBS1。第二通信设备在接收到上述预设消息后,可提取出该预设消息中包括的Q1、R1或者TBS1,并将该Q1、R1或者TBS1确定为第一通信设备对应的目标能力指示信息。 In an optional specific implementation, the above-mentioned target capability indication information may be the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS determined and obtained by the first communication device. That is to say, the first communication device can determine the acceptable value of the first communication device based on the target configuration parameters included in its factory configuration information that can indicate the size of its data processing capacity (such as the buffer space parameter of the first communication device, the number of CPU cores, etc.). The modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS, and then send the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS to the second communication device. Here, it is assumed that the upper limit of the modulation order Qm determined by the first communication device is Q1, the upper limit of the modulation code rate Rx is R1, and the upper limit of the transport block size TBS is TBS1 . After receiving the preset message, the second communication device may extract Q1, R1 or TBS1 included in the preset message, and determine the Q1, R1 or TBS1 as the target capability indication information corresponding to the first communication device.
在第二种可选的具体实现中,上述目标能力指示信息可以就是上述目标配置参数。在这种情况下,该目标配置参数可以是第一通信设备主动上报给第二通信设备的,也可以是第二通信设备从第一通信设备的出厂配置信息中提取得到的,本申请对此不作具体限制。In a second optional specific implementation, the above-mentioned target capability indication information may be the above-mentioned target configuration parameter. In this case, the target configuration parameter may be actively reported by the first communication device to the second communication device, or may be extracted by the second communication device from the factory configuration information of the first communication device. No specific restrictions are imposed.
S102,第二通信设备根据目标能力指示信息确定目标MCS索引值和/或者目标传输层数,并将该目标MCS索引值和/或目标传输层数发送给第一通信设备。S102, the second communication device determines the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number according to the target capability indication information, and sends the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number to the first communication device.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第二通信设备在获取到上述目标能力指示信息后,可根据该目标能力指示信息确定出与第一通信设备的数据处理能力相适配的目标MCS索引值和/或者目标传输层数,并将该目标MCS索引值和/或者目标传输层数发送给第一通信设备。In some feasible implementation manners, after acquiring the above-mentioned target capability indication information, the second communication device may determine, according to the target capability indication information, a target MCS index value and/or a target MCS index value suitable for the data processing capability of the first communication device. or the target transport layer number, and send the target MCS index value and/or the target transport layer number to the first communication device.
在一种实现方式中,结合步骤S101中的第一种可选的具体实现,目标能力指示信息为上述Q1、R1或者TBS1。第二通信设备可先根据传输数据所使用的无线信道的信道状态等信息确定出一个调制阶数Q m的取值(为方便区别,下文将以第一Q m取值代替描述)以及调制码率R x的取值(为方便区别,下文将以第一R x取值代替描述)。 In an implementation manner, combined with the first optional specific implementation in step S101, the target capability indication information is the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1. The second communication device can first determine a value of a modulation order Q m according to information such as the channel state of the wireless channel used for data transmission (for the convenience of distinction, the value of the first Q m will be used instead of the description below) and the modulation code The value of the rate R x (for the convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the first value of R x below).
在上述目标能力指示信息为Q1的情况下,第二通信设备可判断上述第一Q m取值是否大于Q1。若第二通信设备确定上述第一Q m取值小于或者等于Q1,则第二通信设备可将该 第一Q m取值确定为目标Q m取值,并将第一R x取值确定为目标R x取值。若第二通信设备确定上述第一Q m取值大于Q1,则第二通信设备可重新确定出一组新的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x的取值,并重复上述判断操作,直至第二通信设备确定其生成的调制阶数Q m的取值小于或者等于Q1为止,此时,第二通信设备需要将其生成的新的调制码率R x取值以及新的调制阶数Q m取值确定为目标R x取值以及目标Q m取值。 In the case that the above-mentioned target capability indication information is Q1, the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned value of the first Q m is greater than Q1. If the second communication device determines that the value of the first Q m is less than or equal to Q1, the second communication device may determine the value of the first Q m as the value of the target Q m , and determine the value of the first R x as the value of the target Q m Target R x value. If the second communication device determines that the value of the first Q m is greater than Q1, the second communication device may re-determine a new set of values of the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x , and repeat the above judgment operation, Until the second communication device determines that the value of the modulation order Q m generated by it is less than or equal to Q1, at this time, the second communication device needs to set the value of the new modulation code rate R x and the new modulation order generated by the second communication device. The value of Q m is determined as the value of the target R x and the value of the target Q m .
在上述目标能力指示信息为R1的情况下,第二通信设备可判断上述第一R x取值是否大于R1。若第二通信设备确定上述第一R x取值小于或者等于R1,则第二通信设备可将该第一R x取值确定为目标R x取值,并将第一Q m取值确定为目标Q m取值。若第二通信设备确定上述第一R x取值大于R1,则第二通信设备可重新确定出一组新的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x的取值,并重复上述判断操作,直至第二通信设备确定其生成的调制码率R x的取值小于或者等于R1为,此时,第二通信设备需要将其生成的新的调制码率R x取值以及新的调制阶数Q m取值确定为目标R x取值以及目标Q m取值。 In the case that the above-mentioned target capability indication information is R1, the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned value of the first Rx is greater than R1. If the second communication device determines that the first Rx value is less than or equal to R1, the second communication device may determine the first Rx value as the target Rx value, and determine the first Qm value as The target Q m value. If the second communication device determines that the value of the first Rx is greater than R1, the second communication device may re-determine a new set of modulation order Qm and modulation code rate Rx , and repeat the above judgment operation, Until the second communication device determines that the value of the generated modulation code rate Rx is less than or equal to R1, at this time, the second communication device needs to set the value of the new modulation code rate Rx generated by it and the new modulation order. The value of Q m is determined as the value of the target R x and the value of the target Q m .
在上述目标能力指示信息为TBS1的情况下,第二通信设备可先根据上述第一Q m取值以及第一R x取值计算出一个TBS值(为方便区别,下文将以第一TBS值代替描述)。然后,第二通信设备可判断上述第一TBS值是否大于TBS1。若第二通信设备确定第一TBS值小于或者等于上述TBS1,则第二通信设备可将第一R x取值确定为目标R x取值,并将第一Q m取值确定为目标Q m取值。若第二通信设备确定上述第一TBS值大于TBS1,则第二通信设备可重新确定出一组新的调制阶数Q m以及调制码率R x的取值,并重复上述计算TBS值以及判断操作,直至第二通信设备确定其生成的新的调制码率R x取值以及新的调制阶数Q m取值所计算得到的TBS值小于或者等于上述TBS1为止,此时,第二通信设备需要将其生成的新的调制码率R x取值以及新的调制阶数Q m取值确定为目标R x取值以及目标Q m取值。 In the case that the above-mentioned target capability indication information is TBS1, the second communication device may first calculate a TBS value according to the above-mentioned first Q m value and first R x value (for convenience of distinction, the following will use the first TBS value instead of description). Then, the second communication device may determine whether the above-mentioned first TBS value is greater than TBS1. If the second communication device determines that the first TBS value is less than or equal to the above TBS1 , the second communication device may determine the first Rx value as the target Rx value, and the first Qm value as the target Qm value. If the second communication device determines that the above-mentioned first TBS value is greater than TBS1, the second communication device may re-determine a new set of values of the modulation order Q m and the modulation code rate R x , and repeat the above calculation of the TBS value and judgment The operation is performed until the second communication device determines that the TBS value calculated by the new modulation code rate R x value and the new modulation order Q m value generated by the second communication device is less than or equal to the above-mentioned TBS1. At this time, the second communication device The generated new modulation code rate R x value and the new modulation order Q m value need to be determined as the target R x value and the target Q m value.
然后,第二通信设备可基于上述目标Q m取值以及目标R x取值从预设的MCS表格中查找到目标Q m取值以及目标R x取值所对应的MCS索引值,并将该MCS索引值确定为目标MCS索引值。 Then, the second communication device may look up the MCS index value corresponding to the target Q m value and the target R x value from the preset MCS table based on the above-mentioned target Q m value and the target R x value, and use the The MCS index value is determined as the target MCS index value.
例如,假设Q1为22,当第二通信设备确定出Q m的取值为23时,则说明23这个取值不合适,则第二通信设备可生成新的Q m的取值。若第二通信设备生成的新的Q m的取值为21,则说明21这个取值合适,则第二通信设备可将21确定为目标Q m的取值,并将666/1024确定为目标R x的取值。进一步的,第二通信设备即可将与21以及666/1024对应的MCS索引值21确定为目标MCS索引值。 For example, assuming that Q1 is 22, when the second communication device determines that the value of Q m is 23, it means that the value of 23 is not suitable, and the second communication device can generate a new value of Q m . If the value of the new Q m generated by the second communication device is 21, it means that the value of 21 is suitable, then the second communication device can determine 21 as the value of the target Q m and determine 666/1024 as the target The value of Rx . Further, the second communication device can determine the MCS index value 21 corresponding to 21 and 666/1024 as the target MCS index value.
在另一种实现方式中,结合步骤S101中的第二种可选的具体实现,目标能力指示信息为目标配置参数。在这种情况下,第二通信设备可先根据该目标配置参数确定出上述Q1、R1或者TBS1。这里,第二通信设备根据目标配置参数确定Q1、R1或者TBS1的过程和第一通信设备根据目标配置参数确定Q1、R1或者TBS1的过程相同,此处便不再赘述。然后,第二通信设备即可根据上述Q1、R1或者TBS1来生成上述目标MCS索引值,具体过程可参见本步骤中的第一种实现方式中所描述的第二通信设备生成上述目标MCS索引值的过程,此处便不再赘述。这里,由第二通信设备来根据目标配置参数确定出上述Q1、R1或者TBS1,可节省第一通信设备的数据处理资源,提升第一通信设备的数据处理能力。In another implementation manner, combined with the second optional specific implementation in step S101, the target capability indication information is a target configuration parameter. In this case, the second communication device may first determine the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter. Here, the process for the second communication device to determine Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter is the same as the process for the first communication device to determine Q1, R1 or TBS1 according to the target configuration parameter, and details are not repeated here. Then, the second communication device can generate the above-mentioned target MCS index value according to the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1. For the specific process, please refer to the second communication device described in the first implementation manner in this step to generate the above-mentioned target MCS index value. process, which will not be repeated here. Here, the above-mentioned Q1, R1 or TBS1 is determined by the second communication device according to the target configuration parameter, which can save the data processing resources of the first communication device and improve the data processing capability of the first communication device.
在又一种实现方式中,第二通信设备获取到上述目标能力指示信息后,还可将预设的 传输层数确定为本次传输所采用的目标传输层数。优选的,上述预设的传输层数为1。换句话说,就是当第二通信设备确定单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14时,可限定传输层数为1,即不采用多层传输的方式进行数据传输。In another implementation manner, after acquiring the above-mentioned target capability indication information, the second communication device may further determine the preset number of transmission layers as the number of target transmission layers used in this transmission. Preferably, the above-mentioned preset number of transmission layers is 1. In other words, when the second communication device determines that the length of the time domain resources scheduled in a single time is greater than 14, the number of transmission layers may be limited to 1, that is, data transmission is not performed in a multi-layer transmission manner.
在本实施例所提供的通信方法中,通过与第一通信设备的数据处理能力相对应的调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x或者传输块大小TBS的上限值来限制第二通信设备所生成调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x或者传输层数的大小,从而保证第一通信设备基于第二通信设备所指示的调制阶数Q m、调制码率R x和传输层数所确定出的TBS值能够与第一通信设备的数据处理能力相匹配。这样就可避免因单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14所导致的第一通信设备的数据处理能力无法满足实际需求的情况的出现,提升了5G等通信技术的适用性。 In the communication method provided by this embodiment, the second communication device is limited by the modulation order Q m , the modulation code rate R x or the upper limit value of the transport block size TBS corresponding to the data processing capability of the first communication device The generated modulation order Q m , modulation code rate R x or the size of the number of transmission layers, thereby ensuring that the first communication device is based on the modulation order Q m , modulation code rate R x and the number of transmission layers indicated by the second communication device. The determined TBS value can be matched with the data processing capability of the first communication device. In this way, it is possible to avoid the situation that the data processing capability of the first communication device cannot meet the actual demand due to the length of the time-domain resources scheduled for a single time being greater than 14, which improves the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G.
实施例四Embodiment 4
在每次传输调度过程中,由于第一通信设备处理传输数据(如信道编码、速率匹配、资源映射等)需要花费一定时间,所以在第一通信设备接收到来自于第二通信设备的调度信息的最后一个时域符号所对应的时刻,与第一通信设备真正发送数据的第一个时域符号所对应的时刻之间,会存在一个时间差(这里假设为T)。这个时间差T就是第二通信设备预留给第一通信设备用于处理传输数据的时间。通常情况下,这个时间差T是由第二通信设备结合多个参量确定得到,这多个参量中包括一个较为重要的参量,即准备时间N2。准备时间指的是第一通信设备在接收到第二通信设备的调度信息之后,确定出该调度对应的数据传输的资源、传输块大小等处理过程所需要的时间,例如:信道编码、速率匹配和资源映射等,准备时间和第一通信设备的处理能力有关,需满足准备时间小于或等于所述时间差T,即只有数据传输准备好之后,才能开始传输。这里,该准备时间N2与第一通信设备的数据处理能力相关,对应N2个时域符号。该准备时间N2与时间差T之间为正比例关系,即准备时间N2越大,则时间差T越大,准备时间N2越小,则时间差T则越小。当前的NR标准中定义了多种不同的数据处理能力下的准备时间N2的取值。例如,请参见表1-7,表1-7是本申请实施例提供的第一种准备时间N2的取值集合。如表1-7所示,在第一种数据处理能力下,不同取值的子载波间隔μ对应的不同的准备时间N2的取值。In each transmission scheduling process, since it takes a certain time for the first communication device to process transmission data (such as channel coding, rate matching, resource mapping, etc.), the first communication device receives the scheduling information from the second communication device. There will be a time difference between the time corresponding to the last time domain symbol of , and the time corresponding to the first time domain symbol that the first communication device actually sends data (it is assumed to be T here). The time difference T is the time reserved by the second communication device for the first communication device to process the transmission data. Usually, the time difference T is determined by the second communication device in combination with multiple parameters, and the multiple parameters include a relatively important parameter, that is, the preparation time N2. The preparation time refers to the time required for the first communication device to determine, after receiving the scheduling information from the second communication device, the resources for data transmission, the size of the transmission block and other processing processes corresponding to the scheduling, such as channel coding, rate matching, etc. As with resource mapping, etc., the preparation time is related to the processing capability of the first communication device, and the preparation time must be less than or equal to the time difference T, that is, the data transmission can be started only after the data transmission is ready. Here, the preparation time N2 is related to the data processing capability of the first communication device, and corresponds to N2 time domain symbols. There is a proportional relationship between the preparation time N2 and the time difference T, that is, the longer the preparation time N2 is, the larger the time difference T is, and the smaller the preparation time N2 is, the smaller the time difference T is. The current NR standard defines the value of the preparation time N2 under various data processing capabilities. For example, see Table 1-7. Table 1-7 is a set of values of the first preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-7, under the first data processing capability, different values of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the subcarrier interval μ of different values.
表1-7 第一种准备时间N2的取值集合Table 1-7 The value set of the first preparation time N2
子载波间隔μSubcarrier spacing μ 准备时间N2(时域符号)Preparation time N2 (time domain notation)
00 1010
11 1212
22 23twenty three
33 3636
又例如,请参见表1-8,表1-8是本申请实施例提供的第二种准备时间N2的取值集合。如表1-8所示,在第二种数据处理能力下,不同取值的子载波间隔μ也会对应的不同的准备时间N2的取值。For another example, please refer to Table 1-8. Table 1-8 is a value set of the second preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Table 1-8, under the second data processing capability, different values of the subcarrier interval μ will also correspond to different values of the preparation time N2.
表1-8 第二种准备时间N2的取值集合Table 1-8 The value set of the second preparation time N2
子载波间隔μSubcarrier spacing μ 准备时间N2(时域符号)Preparation time N2 (time domain notation)
00 55
11 5.55.5
22 1111
这里需要说明的是,在不同的数据处理能力下,同一子载波间隔μ的取值所对应的准备时间N2的取值不同。例如,当子载波间隔μ的取值为0时,在第一种数据处理能力下,准备时间N2的取值为10,而在第二种数据处理能力下,准备时间N2的取值则为5。It should be noted here that, under different data processing capabilities, the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the value of the same subcarrier interval μ is different. For example, when the value of the subcarrier interval μ is 0, under the first data processing capability, the value of the preparation time N2 is 10, and under the second data processing capability, the value of the preparation time N2 is 5.
在实际应用中,由于上述表1-7或者表1-8中时间单元N2的取值是适用于单次调度的时域资源的长度小于或者等于14的场景,而在单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的场景下,TBS的值也会变的更大,这就导致第一通信设备所需的处理时间要更多,也就是说需要上述时间差T的取值变的更大。显而易见,在单次调度的时域资源的长度大于14的场景下,仍然采用现有NR标准所规定的准备时间N2的取值,可能会导致第二通信设备确定出的时间差T的值偏小,进而导致后续第一通信设备没有足够的时间进行传输数据的处理。因此,本实施例要解决的技术问题是:如何确定出合理的准备时间N2的取值,从而保证时间差T的取值能够合理,进而保证第一通信设备能够有足够的时间完成对传输数据的处理。In practical applications, since the value of the time unit N2 in the above Table 1-7 or Table 1-8 is suitable for the scenario where the length of the time domain resources of a single scheduling is less than or equal to 14, in the time domain of a single scheduling In a scenario where the length of the resource is greater than 14, the value of TBS will also become larger, which results in more processing time required by the first communication device, that is, the value of the above-mentioned time difference T needs to be larger. Obviously, in a scenario where the length of the time domain resources scheduled for a single time is greater than 14, the value of the preparation time N2 specified in the existing NR standard is still used, which may cause the value of the time difference T determined by the second communication device to be too small. , thereby causing the subsequent first communication device to not have enough time to process the data transmission. Therefore, the technical problem to be solved in this embodiment is: how to determine a reasonable value of the preparation time N2, so as to ensure that the value of the time difference T can be reasonable, thereby ensuring that the first communication device can have enough time to complete the transmission data. deal with.
下面请参见图11,图11是本申请提供的一种通信方法又一流程示意图。在本实施例中,将以第二通信设备与第一通信设备之间的某一次数据传输的调度过程为例。如图11所示,该通信方法包括步骤:Please refer to FIG. 11 below. FIG. 11 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. In this embodiment, the scheduling process of a certain data transmission between the second communication device and the first communication device will be taken as an example. As shown in Figure 11, the communication method includes the steps:
S111,第二通信设备获取第三时域资源的长度。S111, the second communication device acquires the length of the third time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第二通信设备在确定其需要为第一通信设备调度的第三时域资源后,可获取到该第三时域资源所包括的时域符号的个数,进而确定出上述第三时域资源的长度(这里假设为L4)。In some feasible implementation manners, after determining the third time domain resource that the second communication device needs to schedule for the first communication device, the second communication device may obtain the number of time domain symbols included in the third time domain resource, and further The length of the above-mentioned third time domain resource (here, it is assumed to be L4) is determined.
S112,第二通信设备根据第三时域资源的长度确定准备时间N2的目标取值。S112, the second communication device determines a target value of the preparation time N2 according to the length of the third time domain resource.
在一些可行的实现方式中,第二通信设备在获取到第三时域资源的长度L4之后,可进一步结合上述长度L4、第一通信设备的数据处理能力以及本次调度的数据传输所采用的子载波间隔(为方便区别,下文将以目标子载波间隔代替描述)来确定准备时间N2的取值。In some feasible implementation manners, after acquiring the length L4 of the third time domain resource, the second communication device may further combine the above-mentioned length L4, the data processing capability of the first communication device, and the data transmission method used in this scheduled data transmission. The value of the preparation time N2 is determined by the subcarrier interval (for the convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the target subcarrier interval below).
具体实现中,当第二通信设备确定上述长度L4小于或者等于14时,若第二通信设备确定第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第一种数据处理能力,则可根据本次调度的数据传输所采用的目标子载波间隔从上述表1-7所示的中确定出目标子载波间隔所对应的准备时间N2的取值,并将该取值确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。同理,若第二通信设备确定第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第二种数据处理能力,则可根据本次调度的数据传输所采用的目标子载波间隔从上述表1-8中确定出目标子载波间隔所对应的准备时间N2的取值,并将该取值确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。例如,假设长度L4小于14,第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第一种数据处理能力,则当上述目标子载波间隔为2时,根据表1-7可确定准备时间N2的目标取值为23,即准备时间N2具体为23个时域符号。In a specific implementation, when the second communication device determines that the length L4 is less than or equal to 14, if the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the first data processing capability, the data The target subcarrier interval used for transmission determines the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval from the above table 1-7, and determines the value as the target value of the preparation time N2. Similarly, if the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned second data processing capability, it can be determined from the above Table 1-8 according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission this time. The value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval is obtained, and the value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2. For example, assuming that the length L4 is less than 14 and the data processing capability of the first communication device is the first data processing capability, when the target subcarrier interval is 2, the target value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-7 is 23, that is, the preparation time N2 is specifically 23 time domain symbols.
在第一种可选的实现中,当第二通信设备确定上述长度L4大于14,则可进一步根据第二设备的数据处理能力以及上述目标子载波间隔从上述表1-7或者表1-8中查找到对应的准备时间N2的取值(为方便区别,后文将以初始取值代替描述),具体查找过程可参见前文的描述,此处便不再赘述。然后,第二通信设备可获取到上述第三时域资源所占用的时隙的个数(这里假设为S)。然后,第二通信设备可计算得到上述准备时间N2的初始取值 与上述时隙个数S的乘积,并将准备时间N2的初始取值与上述时隙个数S的乘积确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。例如,假设长度L4为29,第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第一种数据处理能力,则当上述目标子载波间隔为2时,根据表1-7可确定准备时间N2的初始取值为23,则第二通信设备可将69(即23*3)确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。这里,结合第三时域资源所占用的时隙的个数来最终确定出准备时间N2的目标取值,可使得最终确定出的时间差T更为合理且可靠。In the first optional implementation, when the second communication device determines that the length L4 is greater than 14, it can further use the data processing capability of the second device and the target subcarrier interval from the above Table 1-7 or Table 1-8. The value of the corresponding preparation time N2 is found in (for convenience of distinction, the description will be replaced by the initial value later), and the specific search process can be found in the description above, and will not be repeated here. Then, the second communication device may obtain the number of time slots occupied by the third time domain resource (here, it is assumed to be S). Then, the second communication device can calculate the product of the initial value of the preparation time N2 and the number of time slots S, and determine the product of the initial value of the preparation time N2 and the number of time slots S as the preparation time N2 target value. For example, assuming that the length L4 is 29 and the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned first data processing capability, when the above-mentioned target subcarrier interval is 2, the initial value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-7 If it is 23, the second communication device may determine 69 (ie, 23*3) as the target value of the preparation time N2. Here, the target value of the preparation time N2 is finally determined in combination with the number of time slots occupied by the third time domain resource, which can make the finally determined time difference T more reasonable and reliable.
在第二种可选的实现方式中,当第二通信设备确定上述长度L4大于14时,若第二通信设备确定第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第一种数据处理能力,则第二通信设备可可根据本次调度的数据传输所采用的目标子载波间隔从预设的第三种准备时间N2的取值集合中确定出与该目标子载波间隔对应的准备时间N2的取值,并将该取值确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。例如,请参见表1-9,表1-9是本申请实施例提供的第三种准备时间N2的取值集合。其中,子载波间隔μ的取值分别为0、1、2、3,与之对应的准备时间N2的取值分别为t1、t2、t3和t4。这里需要说明的是,该第三种准备时间N2的取值集合具体可由上述第一种准备时间N2的取值集合扩展得到。比如,可将上述第一种准备时间N2的取值集合中子载波间隔μ各个取值所对应的准备时间N2个取值乘以准备时间调整系数p,进而扩展得到第三种准备时间N2的取值集合。如,t1=10*p,t2=12*p,t3=23*p,t4=36*p。这里,准备时间调整系数p大于1。这里可以理解到是,上述t1、t2、t3和t4也可采用其他取值,只要保证t1大于10,t2大于12、t3大于23,t4大于36即可。In a second optional implementation manner, when the second communication device determines that the length L4 is greater than 14, if the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the first data processing capability, the second communication device The communication device can determine the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval from the preset third preparation time N2 value set according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission, and This value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2. For example, please refer to Table 1-9. Table 1-9 is a value set of the third preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. The values of the subcarrier interval μ are respectively 0, 1, 2, and 3, and the corresponding values of the preparation time N2 are respectively t1, t2, t3 and t4. It should be noted here that the value set of the third preparation time N2 can be specifically obtained by extending the value set of the first preparation time N2. For example, the values of preparation time N2 corresponding to each value of the subcarrier interval μ in the value set of the first preparation time N2 can be multiplied by the preparation time adjustment coefficient p, and then the third preparation time N2 can be obtained by extension. A collection of values. For example, t1=10*p, t2=12*p, t3=23*p, t4=36*p. Here, the setup time adjustment coefficient p is larger than 1. It can be understood here that the above-mentioned t1, t2, t3 and t4 can also adopt other values, as long as it is ensured that t1 is greater than 10, t2 is greater than 12, t3 is greater than 23, and t4 is greater than 36.
表1-9 第三种准备时间N2的取值集合Table 1-9 The value set of the third preparation time N2
子载波间隔μSubcarrier spacing μ 准备时间N2(时域符号)Preparation time N2 (time domain notation)
00 t1=10*pt1=10*p
11 t2=12*pt2=12*p
22 t3=23*pt3=23*p
33 t4=36*pt4=36*p
例如,假设长度L4为29,第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第一种数据处理能力,则当上述目标子载波间隔为2时,根据表1-9可确定准备时间N2的目标取值即为t3。For example, assuming that the length L4 is 29 and the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned first data processing capability, when the above-mentioned target subcarrier interval is 2, the target value of the preparation time N2 can be determined according to Table 1-9 That is t3.
同理,若第二通信设备确定第一通信设备的数据处理能力为上述第二种数据处理能力,则第二通信设备可可根据本次调度的数据传输所采用的目标子载波间隔从预设的第四种准备时间N2的取值集合中确定出与该目标子载波间隔对应的准备时间N2的取值,并将该取值确定为准备时间N2的目标取值。例如,请参见表1-10,表1-10是本申请实施例提供的第四种准备时间N2的取值集合。其中,子载波间隔μ的取值分别为0、1、2,与之对应的准备时间N2的取值分别为t5、t6和t7。这里需要说明的是,与上述第三种准备时间N2的取值集合类似,该第四种准备时间N2的取值集合也可由上述第二种准备时间N2的取值集合扩展得到。比如,可将上述第二种准备时间N2的取值集合中子载波间隔μ各个取值所对应的准备时间N2的取值乘以准备时间调整系数p,进而扩展得到第四种准备时间N2的取值集合。如,t5=5*p,t6=5.5*p,t7=11*p。同样需要理解到是,t5、t6和t7也可采用其他取值,只要保证t5大于5,t6大于5.5,t7大于11即可。Similarly, if the second communication device determines that the data processing capability of the first communication device is the above-mentioned second data processing capability, the second communication device may change from the preset target subcarrier interval according to the target subcarrier interval used for the scheduled data transmission this time. The value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to the target subcarrier interval is determined from the fourth set of values of the preparation time N2, and the value is determined as the target value of the preparation time N2. For example, see Table 1-10. Table 1-10 is a set of values for the fourth preparation time N2 provided by the embodiment of the present application. The values of the subcarrier interval μ are 0, 1, and 2, respectively, and the values of the corresponding preparation time N2 are t5, t6, and t7, respectively. It should be noted here that, similar to the value set of the third preparation time N2, the value set of the fourth preparation time N2 can also be obtained by extending the value set of the second preparation time N2. For example, the value of the preparation time N2 corresponding to each value of the subcarrier interval μ in the value set of the second type of preparation time N2 can be multiplied by the preparation time adjustment coefficient p, and then extended to obtain the fourth type of preparation time N2. A collection of values. For example, t5=5*p, t6=5.5*p, t7=11*p. It should also be understood that other values for t5, t6 and t7 can also be used, as long as t5 is greater than 5, t6 is greater than 5.5, and t7 is greater than 11.
表1-10 第四种准备时间N2的取值集合Table 1-10 The value set of the fourth preparation time N2
子载波间隔μSubcarrier spacing μ 准备时间N2(时域符号)Preparation time N2 (time domain notation)
00 t5=5*pt5=5*p
11 t6=5.5*pt6=5.5*p
22 t7=11*pt7=11*p
在本实施例中,当第二通信设备确定其调度的时域资源的长度大于14的时,第二通信设备可确定得到取值更大的准备时间N2,从而可包括基于准备时间N2确定出时间差T能够在合理范围内,这样就可保证后续第一通信设备能够有足够的时间完成对传输数据的处理,从而提升了5G等通信技术的适用性。In this embodiment, when the second communication device determines that the length of its scheduled time domain resources is greater than 14, the second communication device may determine to obtain a larger value of the preparation time N2, which may include determining based on the preparation time N2 The time difference T can be within a reasonable range, so that the subsequent first communication device can have enough time to complete the processing of the transmission data, thereby improving the applicability of communication technologies such as 5G.
请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的一种装置一结构示意图。该装置可用于执行上述实施例一、实施例二、实施例三或者实施例四中第一通信设备的功能。该装置可以就是第一通信设备本身,也可以是第一通信设备内部的元件或者模块。为了便于说明,图9中仅示出了该装置的主要部件。由图9可知,该装置包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收使用该装置的用户输入的数据以及对该用户输出数据。需要说明的是,在某些场景下,该通信设备可以不包括输入输出装置。Please refer to FIG. 12. FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus may be used to perform the function of the first communication device in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the third embodiment or the fourth embodiment. The apparatus may be the first communication device itself, or may be an element or module inside the first communication device. For ease of illustration, only the main components of the device are shown in FIG. 9 . It can be seen from FIG. 9 that the device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, control the device, execute the software program, process the data of the software program, and the like. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used for receiving data input by a user using the device and outputting data to the user. It should be noted that, in some scenarios, the communication device may not include an input and output device.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的装置产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和/或中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图9中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,装置可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,装置可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,装置的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。上述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。上述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation manner, the processor may include a baseband processor and/or a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire device. The software program is executed, and the data of the software program is processed. The processor in FIG. 9 may integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the device may be connected through various buses. The above baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The above-mentioned central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为装置的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为装置的处理单元。如图9所示,该装置包括收发单元910和处 理单元920。可选的,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元910包括接收单元和发送单元。这里,接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the device. As shown in FIG. 9 , the device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. Here, the receiving unit may also be sometimes referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
在第一种具体实现中,处理单元920用于确定第一时域资源。其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与所述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数。所述处理单元920还用于若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于预设传输码率,则确定在第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。In a first specific implementation, the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the first time domain resource. Wherein, the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the time domain resource The number of second time units included in . The processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or, determine the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources. If the transmission code rate corresponding to the sub-time domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
结合第一种具体的实现,上述处理单元920和收发单元910还可执行如下示例中的方法。In combination with the first specific implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit 920 and the transceiver unit 910 may also execute the methods in the following examples.
在一种可示例中,所述处理单元920还用于若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源的长度小于所述第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源对应的传输码率等于或者高于所述预设传输码率,则所确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS。In a possible example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that the length of the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or, to determine the at least two sub-time domain resources The transmission code rate corresponding to the second sub-time domain resource in the sub-time domain resources is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, and the determined second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS.
在又一种示例中,收发单元910用于通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号传输。其中,所述收发单元910通过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一项:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。In yet another example, the transceiver unit 910 is configured to perform signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource. Wherein, the signal transmission performed by the transceiver unit 910 through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the transmit power is the same, the precoding is the same, The transmit ports are the same.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于将所述第一子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through the second sub-time domain resource.
在又一种示例中,所述第一长度阈值由所述第一时域资源的长度确定。In yet another example, the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14。根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to acquire the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource. The upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14. The length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910可用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量。所述处理单元920用于根据所述第一长度上限指示参量确定目标上限调整系数。所述处理单元920还用于根据所述目标上限调整系数和所述第一时域资源对应的第一时间单元的基本个数上限确定出所述目标长度上限。其中,所述基本个数上限为14。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 may be configured to receive the first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter. The processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于根据所述第一长度上限指示参量从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述第一长度上限指示参量对应的目标上限调整系数。其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的上限调整系数。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter. Wherein, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于将第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为目标上限调整系数。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指 示参量。所述处理单元920用于根据所述第二长度上限指示参量从预设或者配置的长度上限集合中确定出所述第二长度上限指示参量对应目标长度上限。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指示参量。所述处理单元920用于将第二长度指示参量的取值确定为目标长度上限。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine the value of the second length indication parameter as the upper limit of the target length.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于获取目标索引值。再根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置。其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值。将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In yet another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to obtain the target index value. Then, according to the target index value, the target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from the preset time domain resource indication set. Wherein, the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the one or more index values include at least one index with a corresponding length greater than 14 value. The target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
在第二种具体实现中,处理单元920用于确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数。其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与上述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数。所述第一个数为所述第一时域资源上配置的第一DMRS的最大允许个数。所述处理单元920还用于根据第一时域资源的长度和所述第一个数对在所述第一时域资源上进行解调参考信号DMRS的时域资源的确定。In the second specific implementation, the processing unit 920 is configured to determine the length and the first number of the first time domain resource. Wherein, the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, the at least two sub-time domain resources are time domain resources in at least two adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are The domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the length of the first time domain resources, and the length of the time domain resources is the length of the time domain resources. The number of second time units to include. The first number is the maximum allowable number of first DMRSs configured on the first time domain resource. The processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number pair.
结合第二种具体的实现,上述处理单元920和收发单元910还可执行如下示例中的方法。In combination with the second specific implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit 920 and the transceiver unit 910 may also execute the methods in the following examples.
在一种可示例中,所述第一个数大于3。In a possible example, the first number is greater than three.
在又一种示例中,收发单元920用于在所述处理单元确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS时,通过所述任一子时域资源进行的信号传输与通过配置有DMRS的子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一个:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。In yet another example, the transceiver unit 920 is configured to, when the processing unit determines that any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is not configured with a DMRS, perform the transmission through the any sub-time domain resource. Signal transmission and signal transmission through sub-time domain resources configured with DMRS satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则将配置有DMRS的子时域资源对应的信道估计结果用于解调在所述任一子时域资源接收的信号。In yet another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to, if it is determined that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time resource in the at least two sub-time resources, configure the channel corresponding to the sub-time resource configured with the DMRS The estimation result is used to demodulate the signal received at any of the sub-time domain resources.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14。根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to acquire the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length corresponding to the first time domain resource. The upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource, and the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14. The length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910可用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第一长度上限指示参量。所述处理单元920用于根据所述第一长度上限指示参量确定目标上限调整系数。所述处理单元920还用于根据所述目标上限调整系数和所述第一时域资源对应的第一时间单元的基本个数上限确定出所述目标长度上限。其中,所述基本个数上限为14。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 may be configured to receive the first upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient according to the first length upper limit indication parameter. The processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the upper limit of the target length according to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient and the upper limit of the basic number of first time units corresponding to the first time domain resource. Wherein, the upper limit of the basic number is 14.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于根据所述第一长度上限指示参量从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述第一长度上限指示参量对应的目标上限调整系数。其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限指示参量对应的上限调整系数。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine a target upper limit adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first length upper limit indication parameter from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set according to the first length upper limit indication parameter. Wherein, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes one or more upper limit adjustment coefficients corresponding to different length upper limit indication parameters.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于将第一长度上限指示参量的取值确定为目标上限调整系数。In another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to determine the value of the first length upper limit indication parameter as the target upper limit adjustment coefficient.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指示参量。所述处理单元920用于根据所述第二长度上限指示参量从预设或者配置的长度上限集合中确定出所述第二长度上限指示参量对应目标长度上限。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine the target length upper limit corresponding to the second length upper limit indication parameter from a preset or configured length upper limit set according to the second length upper limit indication parameter.
在又一种示例中,所述收发单元910用于接收来自于第二通信设备的第二长度上限指示参量。所述处理单元920用于将第二长度指示参量的取值确定为目标长度上限。In yet another example, the transceiving unit 910 is configured to receive the second upper length limit indication parameter from the second communication device. The processing unit 920 is configured to determine the value of the second length indication parameter as the upper limit of the target length.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元920还用于获取目标索引值。再根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置。其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值。将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In yet another example, the processing unit 920 is further configured to obtain the target index value. Then, according to the target index value, the target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from the preset time domain resource indication set. Wherein, the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the one or more index values include at least one index with a corresponding length greater than 14 value. The target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
在又一种示例中,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。In yet another example, the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图。该通信装置可应用于如图1所示的通信***中,执行上述实施例一、实施例二、实施例三或者实施例四中的第二通信设备的功能。该装置可以就是第二通信设备本身,也可以是第二通信设备内部的元件或者模块。该装置可包括一个或多个收发单元1010和一个或多个处理单元1020。上述收发单元1010可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线和射频单元。上述收发单元1010部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中的指示信息。上述处理单元1020部分主要用于进行基带处理,对装置进行控制等。上述收发单元1010与处理单元1020可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式装置。例如上述处理单元1020可以用于控制装置执行上述实施例一中关于指示信息的确定过程。在具体实现中,上述处理单元1020可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如NR网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。上述处理单元1020还包括存储器和处理器,上述存储器用于存储必要的指令和数据。上述处理器用于控制装置进行必要的动作,例如用于控制装置执行上述方法实施例中关于装置的操作流程。上述存储器和处理器可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。Referring to FIG. 13 , FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus can be applied to the communication system as shown in FIG. 1 to perform the function of the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment, second embodiment, third embodiment or fourth embodiment. The apparatus may be the second communication device itself, or may be a component or module inside the second communication device. The apparatus may include one or more transceiver units 1010 and one or more processing units 1020 . The above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna and a radio frequency unit. The above-mentioned part of the transceiver unit 1010 is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the indication information in the above embodiments to the terminal device. The above-mentioned part of the processing unit 1020 is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the device, and the like. The above-mentioned transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed device. For example, the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 may be used to control the apparatus to perform the process of determining the indication information in the above-mentioned first embodiment. In a specific implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 may be composed of one or more boards, and the multiple boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an NR network) with a single access indication, or may respectively support a wireless access network with different access standards. wireless access network. The above-mentioned processing unit 1020 further includes a memory and a processor, and the above-mentioned memory is used for storing necessary instructions and data. The above-mentioned processor is used to control the apparatus to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the apparatus to execute the operation flow of the apparatus in the above-mentioned method embodiments. The memory and processor described above may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和/或中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图13中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,装置可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,装置可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,装置的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。上述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。上述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处 理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation manner, the processor may include a baseband processor and/or a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire device. The software program is executed, and the data of the software program is processed. The processor in FIG. 13 may integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the device may be connected through various buses. The above baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The above-mentioned central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
在第一种具体实现中,处理单元1020用于确定第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限用于指示所述第一时域资源的长度和目标起始符号参量,时域资源的资源长度为所述时域资源包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14。收发单元1010用于向第一通信设备发送所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。In a first specific implementation, the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource, wherein the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used for Indicates the length of the first time domain resource and the target start symbol parameter, the resource length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14 . The transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send the start and duration length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
结合上述第一种可能的具体实现和第二种可能的具体实现,上述处理单元1020和收发单元1010还可用于执行如下示例中的方法。In combination with the first possible specific implementation and the second possible specific implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit 1020 and the transceiver unit 1010 can also be used to execute the methods in the following examples.
在一种示例中,所述处理单元1020从预设的上限调整系数集合中确定出所述目标上限调整系数对应的第一长度上限指示参量。其中,所述上限调整系数集合中包括一个或者多个不同的上限调整系数对应的长度上限指示参量。In an example, the processing unit 1020 determines a first upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target upper limit adjustment coefficient from a preset upper limit adjustment coefficient set. Wherein, the upper limit adjustment coefficient set includes length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to one or more different upper limit adjustment coefficients.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元1020将目标上限调整系数的取值确定为第一长度上限指示参量。In another example, the processing unit 1020 determines the value of the target upper limit adjustment coefficient as the first length upper limit indication parameter.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元1020从预设的长度上限集合中确定出所述目标长度上限对应的第二长度上限指示参量。其中,所述长度上限集合中包括一个或者多个不同的长度上限对应的长度上限指示参量。所述收发单元1010向所述第一通信设备发送所述第二长度上限指示参量。In another example, the processing unit 1020 determines a second upper length limit indication parameter corresponding to the target length upper limit from a preset length upper limit set. Wherein, the length upper limit set includes one or more length upper limit indication parameters corresponding to different length upper limits. The transceiver unit 1010 sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
在又一种示例中,所述处理单元1020对所述目标长度上限的取值确定为第二长度上限指示参量。所述收发单元1010向所述第一通信设备发送所述第二长度上限指示参量。In yet another example, the processing unit 1020 determines the value of the upper limit of the target length as the second upper length limit indication parameter. The transceiver unit 1010 sends the second length upper limit indication parameter to the first communication device.
在第二种具体实现中,处理单元1020根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置对应的目标索引值。其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14。收发单元1010向所述第一通信设备发送所述目标索引值,所述目标索引值用于所述第一通信设备确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。In the second specific implementation, the processing unit 1020 determines, according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, from a preset time domain resource indication set, the corresponding length of the first time domain resource and the starting position. target index value. The time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, and the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource. The length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14. The transceiver unit 1010 sends the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图。该装置可以是实施例一中的第一通信设备,可用于实现上述实施例一中描述的通信方法。该装置包括:处理器111、存储器112、收发器113。Please refer to FIG. 14. FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus may be the first communication device in Embodiment 1, and may be used to implement the communication method described in Embodiment 1 above. The apparatus includes: a processor 111 , a memory 112 , and a transceiver 113 .
存储器112包括但不限于是RAM、ROM、EPROM或CD-ROM,该存储器112用于存储相关指令及数据。存储器112存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它们的子集,或者它们的扩展集:The memory 112 includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM or CD-ROM, and the memory 112 is used to store related instructions and data. The memory 112 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
操作指令:包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: including various operation instructions, which are used to realize various operations.
操作***:包括各种***程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating System: Includes various system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
图14中仅示出了一个存储器,当然,存储器也可以根据需要,设置为多个。Only one memory is shown in FIG. 14 , of course, the number of memories can also be set as needed.
收发器113可以是通信模块、收发电路。应用在本申请实施例中,收发器113用于执行实施例一中第一通信设备所执行的数据或者信号的收发过程。The transceiver 113 may be a communication module, a transceiver circuit. Application In this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver 113 is configured to perform the process of sending and receiving data or signals performed by the first communication device in the first embodiment.
处理器111可以是控制器,CPU,通用处理器,DSP,ASIC,FPGA或者其他可编程 逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器111也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 111 may be a controller, CPU, general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application. The processor 111 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
具体的应用中,装置的各个组件相互耦合在一起。In a specific application, various components of the device are coupled to each other.
应注意,实际应用中,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。It should be noted that, in practical applications, the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本申请实施例描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory described in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述实施例一中第一通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the methods or steps performed by the first communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述实施例一中第一通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which implements the method or step performed by the first communication device in the first embodiment above when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
本申请实施例还提供了一种装置,该装置可以是实施例一中的第一通信设备。该装置包括处理器和接口。该处理器用于执行上述实施例一中第一通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。应理解,上述装置可以是一个芯片,上述处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,改存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于上述处理器之外,独立存在。An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be the first communication device in Embodiment 1. The apparatus includes a processor and an interface. The processor is configured to execute the method or step executed by the first communication device in the first embodiment. It should be understood that the above-mentioned apparatus may be a chip, and the above-mentioned processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which can be implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor, and can be located outside the processor and exist independently.
请参见图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的一种装置又一结构示意图。该装置可以是实施例一中的第二通信设备,可用于实现上述实施例一中第二通信设备所执行的通信方法的步骤。该装置包括:处理器121、存储器122、收发器123。Please refer to FIG. 15. FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus may be the second communication device in the first embodiment, and may be used to implement the steps of the communication method performed by the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment. The apparatus includes: a processor 121 , a memory 122 , and a transceiver 123 .
存储器122包括但不限于是RAM、ROM、EPROM或CD-ROM,该存储器122用于存储相关指令及数据。存储器122存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它 们的子集,或者它们的扩展集:The memory 122 includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM, or CD-ROM, and the memory 122 is used to store related instructions and data. Memory 122 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
操作指令:包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: including various operation instructions, which are used to realize various operations.
操作***:包括各种***程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating System: Includes various system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
图15中仅示出了一个存储器,当然,存储器也可以根据需要,设置为多个。Only one memory is shown in FIG. 15 , of course, the number of memories can also be provided as needed.
收发器123可以是通信模块、收发电路。应用在本申请实施例中,收发器123用于执行实施例一中第二通信设备所执行的信号或者数据的收发过程。The transceiver 123 may be a communication module, a transceiver circuit. Application In this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver 123 is configured to perform the signal or data sending and receiving process performed by the second communication device in the first embodiment.
处理器121可以是控制器,CPU,通用处理器,DSP,ASIC,FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器121也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 121 may be a controller, CPU, general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application. The processor 121 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
具体的应用中,装置的各个组件耦合在一起。In a specific application, the various components of the device are coupled together.
应注意,实际应用中,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。It should be noted that, in practical applications, the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述实施例一中第二通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the method or steps performed by the second communication device in the above-mentioned first embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述实施例一中第二通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which implements the method or steps performed by the second communication device in the first embodiment above when the computer program product is executed by a computer.
本申请实施例还提供了一种装置,该装置可以是实施例一中的第二通信设备。该装置包括处理器和接口。该处理器用于执行上述实施例一中第二通信设备执行的方法或者步骤。应理解,上述装置可以是一个芯片,上述处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,改存储器可 以集成在处理器中,可以位于上述处理器之外,独立存在。An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus, and the apparatus may be the second communication device in Embodiment 1. The apparatus includes a processor and an interface. The processor is configured to execute the method or step executed by the second communication device in the first embodiment. It should be understood that the above-mentioned apparatus may be a chip, and the above-mentioned processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented by software, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software codes stored in the memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor, and can be located outside the above-mentioned processor and exist independently.
在上述方法实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。上述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行上述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例上述的流程或功能。上述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。上述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,上述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber Line,DSL)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。上述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。上述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等。The foregoing method embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product described above includes one or more computer instructions. When the above-mentioned computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the above-mentioned processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated. The aforementioned computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The above-mentioned computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the above-mentioned computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center via wired communication. (e.g. coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber Line (DSL) or wireless (e.g. infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The above computer readable storage The medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that contains one or more of the available media integration servers, data centers, etc. The aforementioned available media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (For example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD), etc.).
应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”常可被互换使用。本实施例中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can often be used interchangeably. The term "and/or" in this embodiment is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各示例的组成及步骤。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two. Interchangeability, the above description has generally described the components and steps of each example in terms of function. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的***、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus described above is only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another A system, or some feature, can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
另外,在本申请实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
总之,以上上述仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。In a word, the above are only preferred embodiments of the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made within the spirit and principle of this application shall be included within the protection scope of this application.

Claims (38)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一通信设备确定第一时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与所述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数;The first communication device determines a first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are at least two adjacent first time units. time-domain resources, and the at least two sub-time-domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, and the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time-domain resources is equal to the length of the first time-domain resources length, the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource;
    若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于预设传输码率,则所述第一通信设备确定在所述第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。If the first communication device determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than the first length threshold, or determines that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources If the transmission code rate corresponding to the domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, the first communication device determines that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源的长度小于所述第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源对应的传输码率等于或者高于所述预设传输码率,则所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS。If the first communication device determines that the length of the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or determines that the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources has a length smaller than the first length threshold If the transmission code rate corresponding to the time domain resource is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, the first communication device determines that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein after the first communication device determines that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS, the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号传输;the first communication device performs signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource;
    其中,所述第一通信设备通Wherein, the first communication device communicates with
    过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一项:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。The signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一通信设备确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein after the first communication device determines that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS, the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备将所述第一子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为所述第一通信设备通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。The first communication device determines the channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource as the channel estimation result when the first communication device performs signal reception through the second sub-time domain resource.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一长度阈值由所述第一时域资源的长度确定。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14;The first communication device acquires the start and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and a target length upper limit, where the target length upper limit is the length of the second time unit included in the first time domain resource. The maximum allowable number, the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第 一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The first communication device determines the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备获取目标索引值;obtaining, by the first communication device, a target index value;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值;The first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14;
    所述第一通信设备将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一通信设备确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数,其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与上述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,所述第一个数为所述第一时域资源上配置的第一DMRS的最大允许个数;The first communication device determines the length and the first number of the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are at least two phase The time domain resources in the adjacent first time unit, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, and the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the the length of the first time domain resource, where the first number is the maximum allowable number of first DMRSs configured on the first time domain resource;
    所述第一通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和所述第一个数在所述第一时域资源上进行解调参考信号DMRS的时域资源的确定。The first communication device determines the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一个数大于3。The method of claim 9, wherein the first number is greater than three.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则所述第一通信设备通过所述任一子时域资源进行的信号传输与通过配置有DMRS的子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一个:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。If the first communication device determines that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device performs signal transmission and transmission through the any sub-time domain resource. The signal transmission performed by the sub-time domain resources configured with the DMRS satisfies at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  12. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一通信设备确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则所述第一通信设备将配置有DMRS的子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过所述任一子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。If the first communication device determines that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the first communication device determines the channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS is the channel estimation result when the signal is received through any of the sub-time domain resources.
  13. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度 上限,其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14;The first communication device acquires the start and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and a target length upper limit, where the target length upper limit is the length of the second time unit included in the first time domain resource. The maximum allowable number, the upper limit of the target length is greater than 14;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The first communication device determines the length and the start position of the first time domain resource according to the upper limit of the target length and the start and duration indication parameters.
  14. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备获取目标索引值;obtaining, by the first communication device, a target index value;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值;The first communication device determines a target length and a target start position corresponding to the target index value from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes: One or more different index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14;
    所述第一通信设备将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The first communication device determines the target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  15. 根据权利要求9-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。The method according to any one of claims 9-14, wherein the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第二通信设备确定第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限用于指示所述第一时域资源的长度和目标起始符号参量,时域资源的资源长度为所述时域资源包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14;The second communication device determines the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource, wherein the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used to indicate the length of the first time domain resource. length and target start symbol parameters, the resource length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14;
    第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。The second communication device sends the start and duration indication parameters and the target length upper limit to the first communication device.
  17. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第二通信设备根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置对应的目标索引值,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14;The second communication device determines the target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from the preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, wherein the The time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource, the first The length of the time domain resource is greater than 14;
    所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述目标索引值,所述目标索引值用于所述第一通信设备确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The second communication device sends the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  18. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第一通信设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a first communication device, and the apparatus comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时域资源,其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与所述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数;A processing unit, configured to determine a first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are at least two adjacent first time units. time domain resources, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, and the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the first time domain resource The length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource;
    所述处理单元,还用于若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第一子时域资源的长度等于或者大于第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中第一子时域资源对应的传输码率小于预设传输码率,则确定在所述第一子时域资源上配置有解调参考信号DMRS。The processing unit is further configured to, if it is determined that the length of the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to or greater than a first length threshold, or, determine the first sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources If the transmission code rate corresponding to the sub-time domain resource is smaller than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that a demodulation reference signal DMRS is configured on the first sub-time domain resource.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源的长度小于所述第一长度阈值,或者,确定所述至少两个子时域资源中的第二子时域资源对应的传输码率等于或者高于所述预设传输码率,则确定所述第二子时域资源不配置DMRS。If it is determined that the length of the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources is smaller than the first length threshold, or, determine the transmission corresponding to the second sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources If the code rate is equal to or higher than the preset transmission code rate, it is determined that the second sub-time domain resource is not configured with DMRS.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus of claim 19, wherein the apparatus further comprises:
    收发单元,用于通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号传输;a transceiver unit, configured to perform signal transmission through the second sub-time domain resource;
    其中,所述收发单元通过所述第二子时域资源进行的信号传输以及通过所述第一子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一项:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。Wherein, the signal transmission performed by the transceiver unit through the second sub-time domain resource and the signal transmission performed through the first sub-time domain resource satisfy at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the transmit The ports are the same.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    将所述第一子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过所述第二子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。The channel estimation result corresponding to the first sub-time domain resource is determined as the channel estimation result when the signal is received through the second sub-time domain resource.
  22. 根据权利要求18-21任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一长度阈值由所述第一时域资源的长度确定。The apparatus according to any one of claims 18-21, wherein the first length threshold is determined by the length of the first time domain resource.
  23. 根据权利要求18-22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14;Obtain the initial and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length, where the upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource. The upper limit of the target length is greater than 14;
    根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
  24. 根据权利要求18-22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    获取目标索引值;Get the target index value;
    根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值;The target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different an index value and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14;
    将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  25. 根据权利要求18-24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。The apparatus according to any one of claims 18-24, wherein the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
  26. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第一通信设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a first communication device, and the apparatus comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时域资源的长度和第一个数,其中,所述第一时域资源包括连续的至少两个子时域资源,所述至少两个子时域资源为至少两个相邻第一时间单元中的时域资源,且所述至少两个子时域资源与上述至少两个相邻第一时间单元一一对应,所述至少两个子时域资源的长度之和等于所述第一时域资源的长度,所述第一个数为所述第一时域资源上配置的第一DMRS的最大允许个数;A processing unit, configured to determine the length and the first number of the first time domain resource, wherein the first time domain resource includes at least two consecutive sub-time domain resources, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are at least two Time domain resources in adjacent first time units, and the at least two sub-time domain resources are in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two adjacent first time units, and the sum of the lengths of the at least two sub-time domain resources is equal to the the length of the first time domain resource, and the first number is the maximum allowable number of the first DMRS configured on the first time domain resource;
    所述处理单元,还用于根据第一时域资源的长度和所述第一个数在所述第一时域资源上进行解调参考信号DMRS的时域资源的确定。The processing unit is further configured to determine the time domain resource of the demodulation reference signal DMRS on the first time domain resource according to the length of the first time domain resource and the first number.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一个数大于3。27. The apparatus of claim 26, wherein the first number is greater than three.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the device further comprises:
    收发单元,用于在所述处理单元确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS时,通过所述任一子时域资源进行的信号传输与通过配置有DMRS的子时域资源进行的信号传输满足以下中的至少一个:发射功率相同、预编码相同、发射端口相同。A transceiver unit, configured to perform signal transmission through any sub-time domain resource configured with a DMRS when the processing unit determines that a DMRS is not configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources The signal transmission performed on the sub-time domain resources of the 1 satisfies at least one of the following: the same transmit power, the same precoding, and the same transmit port.
  29. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    若确定所述至少两个子时域资源中任一子时域资源上没有配置DMRS,则将配置有DMRS的子时域资源对应的信道估计结果确定为通过所述任一子时域资源进行信号接收时的信道估计结果。If it is determined that no DMRS is configured on any sub-time domain resource in the at least two sub-time domain resources, the channel estimation result corresponding to the sub-time domain resource configured with DMRS is determined as the signal performed by the any sub-time domain resource. Channel estimation result at reception.
  30. 根据权利要求26-29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 26-29, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    获取所述第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述目标长度上限为所述第一时域资源包含的第二时间单元的最大允许个数,所述目标长度上限大于14;Obtain the initial and duration indication parameters corresponding to the first time domain resource and the upper limit of the target length, where the upper limit of the target length is the maximum allowable number of second time units included in the first time domain resource. The upper limit of the target length is greater than 14;
    根据所述目标长度上限和所述起始和持续长度指示参量确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。The length and the starting position of the first time domain resource are determined according to the upper limit of the target length and the starting and continuing length indication parameters.
  31. 根据权利要求26-29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 26-29, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    获取目标索引值;Get the target index value;
    根据所述目标索引值从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个不同的索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,所述一个或者多个索引值中至少包括一个对应的长度大于14的索引值;The target length and target start position corresponding to the target index value are determined from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the target index value, wherein the time domain resource indication set includes one or more different an index value and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the one or more index values include at least one index value with a corresponding length greater than 14;
    将所述目标索引值对应的目标长度和目标起始位置信息确定为所述第一时域资源的长 度和起始位置。The target length and target start position information corresponding to the target index value are determined as the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  32. 根据权利要求26-31任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元为时隙,所述第二时间单元为时域符号。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-31, wherein the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a time domain symbol.
  33. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第二通信设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a second communication device, and the apparatus comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时域资源对应的起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限,其中,所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限用于指示所述第一时域资源的长度和目标起始符号参量,时域资源的资源长度为所述时域资源包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14;a processing unit, configured to determine the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit corresponding to the first time domain resource, wherein the start and duration length indication parameters and the target length upper limit are used to indicate the first time domain resource The length of the time domain resource and the target start symbol parameter, the resource length of the time domain resource is the number of the second time unit included in the time domain resource, and the length of the first time domain resource is greater than 14;
    收发单元,用于向第一通信设备发送所述起始和持续长度指示参量和目标长度上限。A transceiver unit, configured to send the initial and persistent length indication parameters and the upper limit of the target length to the first communication device.
  34. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第二通信设备,所述装置包括:An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a second communication device, and the apparatus comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据第一时域资源的长度和起始位置从预设的时域资源指示集合中确定出所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置对应的目标索引值,其中,所述时域资源指示集合中包括一个或者多个索引值以及各索引值对应的长度和起始位置,时域资源的长度为时域资源中包括的第二时间单元的个数,所述第一时域资源的长度大于14;A processing unit, configured to determine a target index value corresponding to the length and the starting position of the first time domain resource from a preset time domain resource indication set according to the length and starting position of the first time domain resource, wherein, The time domain resource indication set includes one or more index values and the corresponding length and starting position of each index value, the length of the time domain resource is the number of second time units included in the time domain resource, and the first The length of a time domain resource is greater than 14;
    收发单元,用于向所述第一通信设备发送所述目标索引值,所述目标索引值用于所述第一通信设备确定所述第一时域资源的长度和起始位置。A transceiver unit, configured to send the target index value to the first communication device, where the target index value is used by the first communication device to determine the length and start position of the first time domain resource.
  35. 一种可读存储介质,用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如权利要求1-8或者权利要求9-15中任一项所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium for storing instructions which, when executed, cause the method of any one of claims 1-8 or claims 9-15 to be implemented.
  36. 一种可读存储介质,用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如权利要求16或者权利要求17所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium for storing instructions which, when executed, cause the method of claim 16 or claim 17 to be implemented.
  37. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第一通信设备,所述装置包括:处理器,存储器和收发器;An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a first communication device, and the apparatus comprises: a processor, a memory and a transceiver;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;the memory for storing computer programs;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-8或者权利要求9-15中任一项所述的方法。The processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory to cause the apparatus to perform the method of any one of claims 1-8 or claims 9-15.
  38. 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置为第一通信设备,所述装置包括:处理器,存储器和收发器;An apparatus, characterized in that the apparatus is a first communication device, and the apparatus comprises: a processor, a memory and a transceiver;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序;the memory for storing computer programs;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求16或者权利要求17所述的方法。The processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory to cause the apparatus to perform the method of claim 16 or claim 17 .
PCT/CN2021/072220 2020-10-16 2021-01-15 Communication method and apparatus WO2022077792A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180069340.8A CN116349352A (en) 2020-10-16 2021-01-15 Communication method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/121701 WO2022077517A1 (en) 2020-10-16 2020-10-16 Communication method and apparatus
CNPCT/CN2020/121701 2020-10-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022077792A1 true WO2022077792A1 (en) 2022-04-21

Family

ID=81207641

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/121701 WO2022077517A1 (en) 2020-10-16 2020-10-16 Communication method and apparatus
PCT/CN2021/072220 WO2022077792A1 (en) 2020-10-16 2021-01-15 Communication method and apparatus

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/121701 WO2022077517A1 (en) 2020-10-16 2020-10-16 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116349352A (en)
WO (2) WO2022077517A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107318086A (en) * 2016-04-26 2017-11-03 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus for distributing running time-frequency resource
CN109983824A (en) * 2019-02-22 2019-07-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method, device and storage medium
CN110831178A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Time domain resource allocation method
CN111130728A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Transmission method, terminal and network side equipment
CN111181707A (en) * 2018-11-09 2020-05-19 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017136079A1 (en) * 2016-02-02 2017-08-10 Intel IP Corporation Low latency in wireless communication system
EP3531602B1 (en) * 2016-11-18 2023-09-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method for transmitting reference signal, and communication device
US10644849B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-05-05 Innovative Technology Lab Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving demodulation reference signal
CN114928888A (en) * 2017-06-23 2022-08-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for sending, configuring and receiving configuration resources

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107318086A (en) * 2016-04-26 2017-11-03 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus for distributing running time-frequency resource
CN110831178A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Time domain resource allocation method
CN111130728A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Transmission method, terminal and network side equipment
CN111181707A (en) * 2018-11-09 2020-05-19 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication device
CN109983824A (en) * 2019-02-22 2019-07-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method, device and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022077517A1 (en) 2022-04-21
CN116349352A (en) 2023-06-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019096022A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US10348450B2 (en) Coding method and apparatus, base station, and user equipment
JP7130747B2 (en) PHASE FOLLOWING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE
CN111602449B (en) Communication method and device
WO2018177229A1 (en) Method, device and system for transmitting signaling
US11038644B2 (en) Data communication method, network device, and terminal device
WO2019029473A1 (en) Method, terminal device, network device for transmitting data
JP7430630B2 (en) Frequency domain resource allocation and reception method, device and communication system
WO2021027898A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus
US20220173851A1 (en) Frequency domain resource allocation method and apparatus
WO2022022397A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20180302894A1 (en) Aperiodic channel state information (csi) reporting for carrier aggregation
WO2018202163A1 (en) Resource indication method and device
WO2020221321A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP7191998B2 (en) Antenna port indication method and apparatus
WO2019062217A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
TWI703887B (en) Methods and related devices for resource allocation
US20230088374A1 (en) Buffer determining method and apparatus
EP4011019A1 (en) Client device and serving device for associating ptrs antenna ports to dmrs antenna ports
RU2671954C1 (en) Method, equipment and device for determining the order of modulation and coding
WO2018121123A1 (en) Method for sending/receiving reference signal, and terminal device and network device
US20190305902A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2021179864A1 (en) Codebook feedback method, network device, terminal device, and computer storage medium
CN111010254A (en) Communication, MCS receiving and notifying method and equipment
WO2018141091A1 (en) Method for transmitting information, method for receiving information, and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21878854

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21878854

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1